Upload
others
View
56
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
N75
AT Commands Manual
Issue 1.1 Date 2020-11-06
N75 AT Commands Manual
Copyright
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd ii
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 2020. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Neoway Technology Co., Ltd.
is the trademark of Neoway Technology Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
This document provides guide for users to use N75.
This document is intended for system engineers (SEs), development engineers, and test engineers.
THIS GUIDE PROVIDES INSTRUCTIONS FOR CUSTOMERS TO DESIGN THEIR APPLICATIONS.
PLEASE FOLLOW THE RULES AND PARAMETERS IN THIS GUIDE TO DESIGN AND COMMISSION.
NEOWAY WILL NOT TAKE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OF BODILY HURT OR ASSET LOSS CAUSED BY
IMPROPER OPERATIONS.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE DUE TO
PRODUCT VERSION UPDATE OR OTHER REASONS.
EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE IN PREPARATION OF THIS DOCUMENT TO ENSURE ACCURACY
OF THE CONTENTS, BUT ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS
DOCUMENT DO NOT CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Neoway provides customers complete technical support. If you have any question, please contact your
account manager or email to the following email addresses:
Website: http://www.neoway.com
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd iii
Contents
1 AT Syntax................................................................................................. 13
1.1 Symbols ...................................................................................................................................... 13
1.2 Description ................................................................................................................................. 13
1.3 Command Types ........................................................................................................................ 14
2 General Commands ................................................................................ 15
2.1 ATI–Querying the Manufacturer Information ............................................................................ 15
2.2 AT+GMR–Querying the Software Version ................................................................................ 16
2.3 AT+CSQ–Querying Signal Quality ............................................................................................ 16
2.4 AT+CREG–Querying Network Registration Status .................................................................. 17
2.5 AT+CEREG–Querying EPS Network Registration Status ........................................................ 19
2.6 AT+COPS–Selecting and Registering a Network ..................................................................... 20
2.7 AT+CIMI–Querying the IMSI ..................................................................................................... 22
2.8 AT+CGSN–Querying IMEI ........................................................................................................ 23
2.9 AT+CCID–Obtaining the ICCID of the SIM Card ...................................................................... 24
2.10 AT+CGMM–Querying the Module Model ................................................................................ 24
2.11 AT+GMM–Querying the Module Model .................................................................................. 25
2.12 AT+IPR–Setting Baud Rate .................................................................................................... 26
2.13 AT+CFUN–Setting Module Functionality ................................................................................ 27
2.14 AT+CMUX–Activating Multiplexing Mode ............................................................................... 28
2.15 AT+CCLK–Clock ..................................................................................................................... 29
2.16 AT+CPIN–Entering PIN Code ................................................................................................. 30
2.17 AT+CLCK–Locking/Unlocking Module .................................................................................... 32
2.18 AT+CPWD–Modifying Password ............................................................................................ 33
2.19 AT+CGDCONT–Defining PDP Context .................................................................................. 35
2.20 AT+XGAUTH–PDP Authentication ......................................................................................... 36
2.21 AT+CGATT–Setting GPRS Attach and Detach ...................................................................... 37
2.22 ATE1/ATE0–Enabling & Disabling the Terminal Display ........................................................ 39
2.23 ATD*99#–GPRS Dialing Command ........................................................................................ 40
2.24 AT+ENPWRSAVE–Enabling or Disabling Sleep Mode .......................................................... 40
2.25 AT+SIGNAL–Setting Blinking Status Signal Indicator ............................................................ 41
2.26 AT+CUSD–Sending USSD Data ............................................................................................ 43
3 SMS Commands ..................................................................................... 45
3.1 AT+CSMS–Selecting SMS Services ........................................................................................ 45
3.2 AT+CPMS–Setting Preferred SMS Storage ............................................................................. 46
3.3 AT+CMGF–Setting SMS Inputting Mode .................................................................................. 47
3.4 AT+CSCS–Setting the TE Character Set ................................................................................. 48
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd iv
3.5 AT+CNMI–Setting SMS Indication Mode .................................................................................. 49
3.6 AT+CMGR–Reading SMS Messages ....................................................................................... 51
3.7 AT+CMGL– SMS Message List ................................................................................................. 54
3.8 AT+CMGS– Sending SMS Messages ........................................................................................ 58
3.9 AT+CMGW– Writing SMS Messages ......................................................................................... 59
3.10 AT+CMSS– Sending Messages from Storage ......................................................................... 60
3.11 AT+CMGD– Deleting SMS Messages ..................................................................................... 61
3.12 AT+CSCA– Setting SMS Center Number ................................................................................ 62
3.13 AT+CSMP– Setting Text Mode Parameters ............................................................................. 63
3.14 AT+CSDH– Displaying the Parameters of the Text Mode ........................................................ 64
3.15 AT+CSAS–Saving the Setting ................................................................................................ 65
4 TCP/UDP Client Commands ................................................................... 67
4.1 AT+NETAPN–Setting Network APN ......................................................................................... 67
4.2 AT+XIIC–Setting Up a PPP Link ............................................................................................... 68
4.3 AT+TCPSETUP–Setting Up TCP Connection .......................................................................... 69
4.4 AT+TCPSEND–Sending TCP Data .......................................................................................... 70
4.5 AT+RECVMODE–Setting Receive Mode ................................................................................. 72
4.6 AT+TCPRECV–Unsolicited TCP Data Output .......................................................................... 73
4.7 AT+TCPREAD–Reading TCP Data .......................................................................................... 74
4.8 AT+TCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection .............................................................................. 74
4.9 AT+UDPSETUP–Setting Up UDP Connection ......................................................................... 75
4.10 AT+UDPSEND–Sending UDP Data ....................................................................................... 77
4.11 AT+UDPRECV–Unsolicited UDP Data Ouput ........................................................................ 78
4.12 AT+UDPREAD–Reading UDP Data ....................................................................................... 79
4.13 AT+UDPCLOSE–Closing UDP Connection ............................................................................ 80
4.14 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status ................................................................ 81
4.15 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP Socket ................................................. 82
4.16 AT+DNSSERVER–Setting DNS Server ................................................................................. 83
4.17 AT+PDPKEEPALIVE–Setting PDP Keepalive Heartbeat ....................................................... 84
4.18 AT+PDPSTATUS–Querying PDP Status ................................................................................ 85
5 TCP Server Commands ........................................................................... 87
5.1 AT+TCPLISTEN–Setting TCP Listening for the Server ............................................................ 87
5.2 AT+CLOSELISTEN–Closing Socket Connection ..................................................................... 88
5.3 AT+CLOSECLIENT–Closing Remote Socket ........................................................................... 88
5.4 AT+TCPRECV(S)–Unsolicited TCP Data Output ..................................................................... 89
5.5 AT+TCPREADS–Reading TCP Data ........................................................................................ 90
5.6 AT+TCPSENDS–Sending Data to Client .................................................................................. 91
5.7 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Client Connection Status ....................................................... 92
5.8 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP Server ................................................... 93
6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands ......................................................... 95
6.1 AT+TCPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent TCP Connection ..................................................... 95
6.2 AT+UDPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent UDP Connection .................................................... 96
6.3 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by Transparent TCP Socket ............................... 98
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd v
6.4 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status .................................................................. 99
6.5 AT+TRANSCLOSE–Closing Transparent Socket..................................................................... 99
7 Transparent TCP Server Commands .................................................... 101
7.1 AT+TCPSRVTRANS–Setting Listening for Transparent TCP ................................................ 101
7.2 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Socket Status of Client ......................................................... 102
8 FTP Commands .................................................................................... 104
8.1 AT+FTPLOGIN–Logging in to the FTP Server ....................................................................... 104
8.2 AT+FTPLOGOUT–Logging Out from the FTP Server ............................................................ 105
8.3 AT+FTPGET–Downloading Data from the FTP Server .......................................................... 106
8.4 AT+FTPPUT–Uploading Data to the FTP Server ................................................................... 108
8.5 AT+FTPSTATUS–Querying FTP Link Status ........................................................................... 110
9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands ...................................................................... 111
9.1 AT+HTTPPARA–Setting HTTP Parameters ............................................................................ 111
9.2 AT+HTTPSETUP–Setting Up HTTP Connection .................................................................... 112
9.3 AT+HTTPACTION – Executing HTTP Request ........................................................................ 113
9.4 AT+HTTPCLOSE–Closing an HTTP Socket ........................................................................... 116
9.5 +HTTPRECV–Unsolicited HTTP Data Output ......................................................................... 117
9.6 +HTTPCLOSED–HTTP Socket Closed ................................................................................... 118
9.7 AT+HTTPSCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for HTTPS ..................................................... 119
9.8 AT+HTTPSPARA–Setting HTTPS Parameters ...................................................................... 120
9.9 AT+HTTPSSETUP–Setting up HTTPS Connection ............................................................... 121
9.10 AT+HTTPSACTION–Executing HTTPS Request ................................................................. 122
9.11 AT+HTTPSCLOSE–Closing HTTPS Socket ........................................................................ 125
9.12 AT+HTTPSRECV–Unsolicited HTTPS Data Output ............................................................ 125
9.13 +HTTPSCLOSED–HTTPS Link Closed Report ..................................................................... 127
9.14 AT+HTTPOPEN–Setting up HTTP Connection .................................................................... 127
9.15 AT+HTTPREQ–HTTP Request ............................................................................................ 128
9.16 AT+HTTPCLS–Closing HTTP Connection ........................................................................... 129
9.17 AT+HTTPRSP–Receiving HTTP Data .................................................................................. 130
9.18 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTP Data .................................................................................... 131
9.19 +HTTPCLS–HTTP Connection Closed ................................................................................ 132
9.20 AT+HTTPSCFGA–Configuring HTTPS Parameters ............................................................ 133
9.21 AT+HTTPSOPEN–Setting up HTTPS Connection ............................................................... 134
9.22 AT+HTTPSREQ–HTTPS Request .......................................................................................... 135
9.23 AT+HTTPSCLS–Closing HTTPS Connection ...................................................................... 136
9.24 +HTTPSRSP–Receiving HTTPS Data ................................................................................. 136
9.25 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTPS Data .................................................................................. 137
9.26 AT+HTTPSCLS–HTTPS Connection Closed ....................................................................... 138
10 Call Control Commands ...................................................................... 140
10.1 ATD–Dialing Command ........................................................................................................ 140
10.2 AT+CDV–Dialing Command (EVDO/CDMA) ........................................................................ 141
10.3 ATA–Call Answering .............................................................................................................. 142
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd vi
10.4 ATH–Hanging Up Calls ......................................................................................................... 142
10.5 AT+CHV–Hanging Up Call (EVDO/CDMA) .......................................................................... 143
10.6 AT+CLIP–Caller ID ............................................................................................................... 144
10.7 ATS0–Auto-Answer .............................................................................................................. 145
10.8 AT+CLVL–Setting the Voice Volume .................................................................................... 146
10.9 AT+CMUT–Mute Control ...................................................................................................... 147
10.10 AT+MICL–MIC Volume Control .......................................................................................... 148
10.11 AT+AUDIN–Switching Audio Input Channel ....................................................................... 149
10.12 AT+AUDOUT–Switching Audio Output Channel ................................................................ 150
10.13 AT+CLCC–Querying Current Calls ..................................................................................... 151
10.14 AT+REMAUDIO– Setting Remote Audio Playing ............................................................... 152
11 SSL TCP Data Service ......................................................................... 154
11.1 AT+SSLTCPCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for TCP ..................................................... 154
11.2 AT+SSLTCPSETUP–Setting up TCP Connection over SSL ................................................ 155
11.3 AT+SSLTCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection over SSL .................................................... 157
11.4 AT+SSLTCPSEND–Sending TCP Data over SSL ................................................................ 158
11.5 +SSLTCPRECV–Unsolicited SSLTCP Data Output ............................................................. 159
11.6 AT+CERTADD–Writing SSL Certificate ................................................................................ 159
11.7 AT+CERTCHECK–Checking SSL Certificate ....................................................................... 160
11.8 AT+CERTDEL–Deleting SSL Certificate .............................................................................. 161
11.9 AT+SSLTCPCFGA–Configuring SSL Parameters for TCP .................................................. 162
11.10 AT+SSLTCPREAD–Reading SSL TCP Data ...................................................................... 163
12 MQTT Commands ............................................................................... 165
12.1 AT+MQTTTLS–Configuring TLS Parameters ....................................................................... 165
12.2 AT+MQTTCONNPARAM–Setting User Parameters ............................................................ 166
12.3 AT+MQTTWILLPARAM–Will Settings .................................................................................. 167
12.4 AT+MQTTWILLMSG–Setting Long Will Messages .............................................................. 168
12.5 AT+MQTTCONN–Connection Command ............................................................................. 169
12.6 AT+MQTTSUB–Subscription ................................................................................................ 169
12.7 AT+MQTTUNSUB–Unsubscription ....................................................................................... 170
12.8 AT+MQTTPUB–Publishing Topic .......................................................................................... 171
12.9 AT+MQTTPUBS–Publishing Topic ....................................................................................... 172
12.10 AT+MQTTDISCONN–Disconnecting to the MQTT Server ................................................. 173
12.11 +MQTTSUB–Receiving Topic Content ............................................................................... 173
12.12 AT+MQTTSTATE–Querying MQTT Connection Status: ..................................................... 174
13 AWS MQTT Commands ...................................................................... 176
13.1 AT+AWSTLSCFG–Configuring AWS TLS Parameters ........................................................ 176
13.2 AT+AWSAUTHPARAM–Setting User Parameters ............................................................... 177
13.3 AT+AWSCONNPARAM–Setting AWS Connection Parameters ........................................... 178
13.4 AT+AWSCONN–Connection Command ............................................................................... 178
13.5 AT+AWSSUB–Subscribing to Topic ...................................................................................... 179
13.6 AT+AWSUNSUB–Canceling a Subscription ......................................................................... 180
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd vii
13.7 AT+AWSPUB–Publishing Topic ............................................................................................ 181
13.8 AT+AWSDISCONN–Disconnecting to the AWS MQTT Server ............................................ 182
13.9 +AWSSUBRECV–Receiving Topic Content ......................................................................... 182
13.10 AT+AWSSTATE–Querying MQTT Status ........................................................................... 183
14 Microsoft Hub Commands ................................................................... 184
14.1 AT+ACLOUDSETUP–Setting up Connection with Cloud ..................................................... 184
14.2 AT+ACLOUDSETMSG–Setting Message Format ................................................................ 185
14.3 AT+ACLOUDEVSEND–Sending Message ........................................................................... 186
14.4 AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL–Sending Message ......................................................................... 187
14.5 AT+ACLOUDSTATE – Querying the Connection Status ........................................................ 188
14.6 AT+ACLOUDDISCONN–Closing a Connection ................................................................... 189
14.7 +ACLOUDSTATUS–Reporting the Connection Status Change ........................................... 189
14.8 +ACLOUDMSG–Receiving a Message from the Server ...................................................... 190
14.9 +ACLOUDDESIRED–Receiving the Change Notification of DEVICE TWIN DESIRED
PROPERTIES ................................................................................................................................ 191
14.10 AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT–Uploading Device Twin Data ............................................... 192
14.11 +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS–Receiving the Device Twin Data Upload Result ................. 194
14.12 +ACLOUDRPCCALL–Receiving RPC Request from the Server ....................................... 195
14.13 AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP–Responding to the RPC Request of the Server ......................... 195
15 GPS Commands .................................................................................. 197
15.1 AT$MYGPSPWR–Switching GPS ........................................................................................ 197
15.2 AT$MYGPSSTATE–Querying GPS Status ........................................................................... 198
15.3 AT$MYGPSPOS–Obtaining NMEA Data ............................................................................. 198
15.4 AT$MYGNSSSEL–Enabling an Aid GNSS System .............................................................. 203
15.5 AT$MYGNSSMSG–Obtaining Positioning Data of Aid GNSS System ................................ 204
15.6 AT+XTRAOPEN–Enabling/Disabling XTRA Aid Positioning ................................................ 205
15.7 AT+XTRASEND–Writing XTRA Data to Cache .................................................................... 205
15.8 AT+XTRAINJECTDATA–Injecting XTRA Data ..................................................................... 206
15.9 AT+XTRAINJECTTIME–Injecting XTRA Time ...................................................................... 207
15.10 AT+AGPSOPEN–Setting APN of AGPS ............................................................................. 208
15.11 AT+SETSERVER–Setting AGPS Server ............................................................................ 208
15.12 AT+GPSDEL–Clearing GPS Data ...................................................................................... 209
15.13 AT$MYGPSCFG–Setting GPS ........................................................................................... 210
16 DTMF Commands ............................................................................... 212
16.1 AT+VTS–Sending DTMF Tone ............................................................................................. 212
16.2 AT+DTMFDETECT–Enabling DTMF Detection .................................................................... 213
17 GSM Location Command .................................................................... 215
17.1 AT+CIPGSMLOC–Obtaining the Location of the Module ..................................................... 215
17.2 AT+SERVINFO–Query Server Information .......................................................................... 217
17.3 AT+POSI–Querying Base Station Information...................................................................... 218
18 ADC Temperature Collection Command .............................................. 220
18.1 AT$MYADCTEMP–Querying Environment Temperature ..................................................... 220
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd viii
19 Time Synchronization Commands ....................................................... 221
19.1 AT+UPDATETIME–Updating Time to Network ..................................................................... 221
20 Network Sharing Commands ............................................................... 225
20.1 AT+NETSHAREACT–Enabling Network Sharing ................................................................. 225
20.2 AT$QCRMCALL–RMNET Dialup ......................................................................................... 226
21 Statistics on Data Traffic ...................................................................... 229
21.1 AT+FLOWCALC–Statistics on Total Data Traffic .................................................................. 229
21.2 AT+RATECALC–Statistics on Transient Traffic .................................................................... 230
22 SIM Card Operating Commands ......................................................... 231
22.1 AT+CCHO–Enabling Logical Channel of SIM Card ............................................................. 231
22.2 AT+CCHC–Disabling Logical Channel of SIM Card ............................................................. 232
22.3 AT+CGLA–Sending APDU Command .................................................................................. 232
22.4 AT+SIMCARDCONFIG–Enabling/Disabling SIM Card ........................................................ 233
23 SIM Card Information .......................................................................... 235
23.1 AT+SPN–Reading SPN from SIM EF ................................................................................... 235
23.2 AT+CPINR–Querying Retries of PIN/PUK ............................................................................ 236
24 NITZ Commands ................................................................................. 237
24.1 AT+CTZU–Automatic Time Zone Update ............................................................................. 237
24.2 AT+CTZR–Reporting Time Zone Changes ........................................................................... 238
25 LWM2M Function Commands ............................................................. 240
25.1 AT+NLWSERV–LWM2M Server Parameter Configuration ................................................... 240
25.2 AT+NLWCONF–Configuring the LWM2M Connection Parameters ...................................... 241
25.3 AT+NLWDTLSCFG –Configuring the LWM2M Encrypted Connection Parameters ............. 241
25.4 AT+NLWADDOBJ–Adding an LWM2M Object ..................................................................... 243
25.5 AT+NLWDELOBJ– Deleting an LWM2M Object ................................................................... 244
25.6 AT+NLWOPEN–Setting up LWM2M Connection .................................................................. 244
25.7 AT+NLWUPDATE–Updating LWM2M Data .......................................................................... 245
25.8 AT+NLWDATASEND–Sending LWM2M Data ...................................................................... 246
25.9 AT+NLWDATASTATUS – Querying LWM2M Sending Status ................................................ 247
25.10 AT+NLWDATASEND–Reading LWM2M Data .................................................................... 248
25.11 AT+NLWSTATUS – Querying LWM2M Connection Status .................................................. 248
25.12 AT+NLWCLOSE–Closing LWM2M Connection .................................................................. 249
25.13 AT+NLWCFG–ConfiguringLWM2M Optional Parameters .................................................. 250
25.14 AT+NLWOBSERVE–Unsolicited Report of Observation Mode .......................................... 251
25.15 AT+NLWDATARECV–Unsolicited Report of Data Reception ............................................. 252
25.16 AT+NLWDATASET–Setting Data ........................................................................................ 253
26 FOTA Command .................................................................................. 255
26.1 AT+NEOFOTA–FOTA Command ......................................................................................... 255
27 Other AT Commands ........................................................................... 257
27.1 AT$MYPOWEROFF–Powering Off the Module ................................................................... 257
27.2 AT$MYSOCKETLED–Controlling the Indicator of Socket Status ......................................... 257
N75 AT Commands Manual
Contents
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd ix
27.3 AT$MYGMR–Obtaining the Version Information of the Module ........................................... 258
27.4 AT$MYCCID–Obtaining the CCID of the SIM Card .............................................................. 259
27.5 AT$MYTYPE–Querying the Type of the Module .................................................................. 260
27.6 AT$MYMODEM (Standards for Canton)–Querying the Type of the Module ........................ 261
27.7 AT$MYBCCH–Locking BCCH Channel ................................................................................ 262
27.8 AT$MYBAND–Locking GSM Band ....................................................................................... 263
27.9 AT$MYLACID–Querying Current LAC and CELL_ID ........................................................... 264
27.10 AT$MYCGED–Querying Current Channel, RX Power and TX Power ............................... 265
27.11 AT$MYSYSINFO–Querying or Locking the Network Mode ............................................... 266
27.12 AT$MYSYSINFOURC–Enabling/Disabling Network Mode Report .................................... 267
27.13 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Enabling/Disabling Network Mode Report .................................... 268
27.14 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Unsolicited Network Mode Report ................................................ 269
27.15 AT$MYNETINFO–Setting Network Mode Choices ............................................................. 270
27.16 AT+GTUMODE–TD-Enabling/Disabling TD-SCDMA Mode ............................................... 271
27.17 AT$MYNETAUTO–Enabling/Disabling the Default AUTO Network Modes during Startup 272
27.18 AT^SYSCONFIG–Setting Network Mode Choices ............................................................. 273
27.19 AT^SYSINFO–Obtaining System Information .................................................................... 275
27.20 AT+XISP–Selecting Internal or External Protocol Stack .................................................... 276
27.21 AT+NRSP–Querying RSRP, RSRQ, SINR of Cells in a Neighbor of a Serving Cell on LTE
Network .......................................................................................................................................... 277
27.22 AT$MYANTAUX–Controlling Divergent Antenna ................................................................ 278
27.23 AT+NETMSG–Querying Network Registration Information ................................................ 279
27.24 AT+NETSEL–Setting Network Mode .................................................................................. 281
27.25 AT+NETDMSG–Querying Network Registration Information ............................................. 283
27.26 AT+SIMCOUNTCTL–Enabling/Disabling Statistics on SIM Card Write ............................. 286
27.27 AT+SIMCOUNTREAD–Reading the Statistics on SIM Card Write .................................... 287
27.28 AT+READADC–Reading ADC Value .................................................................................. 288
27.29 AT+SIMHOTSWAP–Setting SIM Card Hotswap ................................................................ 289
27.30 AT+MYDATAONLY–Disabling CS Services ........................................................................ 290
27.31 AT+BANDLOCK–Locking to Band ...................................................................................... 291
27.32 AT+NBANDLOCK–Locking Multiple Bands ........................................................................ 292
27.33 AT+NSIMLOCK–Locking SIM ............................................................................................. 294
A Reference Process of AT Command Programming ............................... 296
A.1 Content of PDU SMS Messages ............................................................................................. 296
A.2 Flowchart of Sending Text SMS Messages (Through UART) ................................................. 298
A.3 Flowchart of Sending PDU SMS Messages (Through UART) ................................................ 299
B Support Band List .................................................................................. 300
N75 AT Commands Manual
About This Document
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd x
About This Document
Scope
This document is applicable to N75.
Audience
This document is intended for system engineers (SEs), development engineers, and test engineers.
Change History
Issue Date Change Changed By
1.0 2019-12 Initial draft Feng Yan
1.1 2020-09
⚫ Added the Microsoft hub commands
⚫ Added the description of +NSIMLOCK that it supports
20 PLMN.
⚫ Modified the parameters and examples of
+RECVMODE.
⚫ Modified the return value of +AWSPUB.
⚫ Modified the example of +SSLTCPSEND.
⚫ Added the IPV6 relative settings and return values.
⚫ +CGDCONT, +XIIC, +TCPSETUP, +UDPSETUP,
+TCPLISTEN, +TCPTRANS, +UDPTRANS,
+TCPSRVTRANS, +HTTPPARA, +HTTPSPARA
⚫ Added the AT commands related to LWM2M 1.1.
⚫ Deleted the commands related to the ID2 function.
⚫ Added the +NEOFTPFOTA command
⚫ Modified the note of CNMI
⚫ Modified the examples of +GMR
⚫ Modified the examples of +HTTPSETUP
⚫ Modified the examples of +UDPTRANS and
+TCPTRANS.
⚫ Modified the note of +MYDATAONLY.
⚫ Modified part of the 3GPP commands format and
examples.
Zhao Liang
N75 AT Commands Manual
About This Document
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd xi
Conventions
Symbol Indication
This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause fatal
device damage or even bodily damage.
Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might perform an action that could
result in module or product damages.
Means note or tips for readers to use the module
Related Documents
Neoway_N75_Datasheet
Neoway_N75_Product_Specifications
Neoway_N75_HW_User_Guide
Neoway_N75_EVK_User_Guide
N75 AT Commands Manual
Boot LOG Instruction
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 12
Boot LOG Instruction
The UART outputs +PBREADY after the phonebook is available.
If the module is booted in automatic baudrate detection mode, send AT 10 seconds after the module is
powered up to check if the AT function is initialized. The UART responds with OK if AT is initialized and
outputs +PBREADY after the phonebook is available.
Network indicator status
⚫ Off: No network found.
⚫ On: the module finds a network and the PDP context is not activated.
⚫ Blinks (on for 0.2 seconds and off for 1.8 seconds): the PDP context is activated successfully.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 1 AT Syntax
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 13
1 AT Syntax
1.1 Symbols
⚫ <CR>: carriage return character
⚫ <LF>: linefeed character
⚫ <..>: parameter name, the angle brackets do not appear in the command line.
⚫ [..]: optional parameter, the square brackets do not appear in the command line.
⚫ : space
1.2 Description
Prefix
AT or at
Command Line
Standard commands, in compliance with 3GPP 27007, 27005and ITU-T Recommendation V.250.
Extended commands, defined by Neoway
Joint Mark
+ or $, used between the prefix and a command line
Termination Character
<CR>, i.e. 0x0D
Response Syntax
<CR><LF>response<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 1 AT Syntax
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 14
Response can be one or multiple messages.
Result Syntax
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> indicates that a command is executed successfully.
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>indicates that a command fails to be executed.
1.3 Command Types
Type Syntax Response Function
Set AT+CMD=<VALUE><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Store a value or
values for later use
Execute AT+CMD[=<VALUE>]<CR>
[<CR><LF>response]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Invoke a function of
the module.
Test AT+CMD=?<CR> [<CR><LF>response]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Determine the range
of parameter values
or parameter lengths
that are supported
Query AT+CMD?<CR> [<CR><LF>response]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Determine the current
value or values stored
Unsolicited
report
<CR><LF>+CMD:
<VALUE><CR><LF> N/A
Report the status
change and data
receiving
Remarks Symbols are not displayed in AT commands. All commands comply with the rules in this
chapter.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 15
2 General Commands
2.1 ATI–Querying the Manufacturer Information
To query the manufacturer information, including manufacturer, model, and version
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ATI<CR>
<CR><LF><manufacturer>
<CR><LF><module_version>
<CR><LF><soft_version><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<manufacturer> module manufacturer
<module_version> module model
<soft_version> software version
Example
ATI
NEOWAY
N75
V003
OK
Manufacturer
Module model
Version
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 16
2.2 AT+GMR–Querying the Software Version
To query the software version.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+GMR<CR> <CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<reversion> software version
Example
AT+GMR
N75_D0B0CM_BZ_V003
OK
Query
2.3 AT+CSQ–Querying Signal Quality
To query the receiving signal strength indication (RSSI) and bit error rate (BER) of the channel.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CSQ<CR> <CR><LF>+CSQ: <signal>,<ber><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 17
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<signal> The following table shows the relationship between the CSQ and the RSSI.
signal Rssi
0 <4 or 99 <-107dBm or unknown
1 <10 <-93dBm
2 <16 <-71 dBm
3 <22 <-69 dBm
4 <28 <-57 dBm
5 >=28 >=-57 dBm
<ber> 0...7 Refer to the value of RXQUAL in the table of GSM 05.08 8.2.4.
99 Not known or not detectable
Example
AT+CSQ
+CSQ: 19,2
OK
Query the strength of the current signal.
2.4 AT+CREG–Querying Network Registration Status
To query the network registration status of the module
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CREG=[<n>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CREG?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CREG:
<n><stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<Act>]]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 18
Test AT+CREG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<n> Specifies whether to enable unsolicited result codes for network registration.
0: disable network registration unsolicited result code (default).
1: enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>.
2: enable network registration unsolicited result code with location information (Cell ID, Local
ID) +CREG: <stat>[,[<lac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]
<stat> Network registration status
0: not registered, the module is not currently searching for an operator to register to
1: registered with a home network
2: not registered, but the module is currently trying to attach or searching for an operator to
register to
3: registration denied
4. unknown code
5: registered, roaming
<lac> Two-byte location area code in hexadecimal format, string type
<ci> Four-byte cell ID in hexadecimal format, string type
<Act> The access technology of the serving cell, integer type
0: GSM
1: GSM compact
2: UTRAN
3: GSM w/EGPRS
4: UTRAN w/HSDPA
5: UTRAN w/HSUPA
6: UTRAN w/HSDPA and w/HSUPA
7: E-UTRAN
8: UTRAN w/HSPA+
Example
AT+CREG=1
OK
Enable unsolicited codes of network registration.
AT+CREG?
+CREG: 0,1
OK
Query the network registration status of the module.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 19
AT+CREG=?
+CREG: (0-2)
OK
Query the value range of the network registration status parameter.
2.5 AT+CEREG–Querying EPS Network Registration
Status
To query the EPS network registration status of the module
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CEREG=<n><CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Query AT+CEREG?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CEREG:
<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][,,[,[<Active-Time>],[<Periodic
-TAU>]]]]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CEREG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CEREG: (list of supported<n>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<n> Specifies whether to enable network registration unsolicited result code.
0: disable network registration unsolicited result code (default).
1: enable network registration unsolicited result code.
2: enable network registration and location information (Cell ID, Local ID) unsolicited
result code
4: enable network registration unsolicited result codes containing Active-Time and
Periodic-TAU
<stat> Network status
0: not registered, the module is not currently searching for a new operator to register
1: registered to the home network
2: not registered, but the module is currently trying to searching for a base station
3: registration denied
4. Unknown code
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 20
5: registered, roaming
<tac> Two-byte tracking area code in hexadecimal format, string type
<ci> Four-byte cell ID in hexadecimal format, string type
<Act> the access technology of the serving cell, integer type
0: GSM
1: GSM compact
2: UTRAN
3: GSM w/EGPRS
4: UTRAN w/HSDPA
5: UTRAN w/HSUPA
6: UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA
7: E-UTRAN
Example
AT+CEREG?
+CEREG: 0,1
OK
Query the network registration status of the module.
AT+CEREG=1
OK
Enable network registration unsolicited code.
AT+CEREG=?
+CEREG: (0-2,4)
OK
Query the value range of the network registration status
parameter.
2.6 AT+COPS–Selecting and Registering a Network
To select and register a network.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>
>[,<AcT>]]]]<CR>
<CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Query AT+COPS?<CR> <CR><LF>+COPS:<mode>[,<format>,<op
er>[,<AcT>]]
Test AT+COPS=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+COPS: [list of supported
(<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper>,short
alphanumeric <oper>,numeric
<oper>[,<AcT>])s][,,(list of
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 21
supported<mode>s),(list of supported
<format>s)]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> To set automatic network selection or manual selection:
0: Automatic selection (ignore the parameter <per>)
1: Manual selection
2: Deregister from the network
3: Set <format>only
4: Manual/automatic selection (if the manual selection fails, automatic mode starts)
<format> 0: Long alphanumeric <oper> (default value)
1: Short format alphanumeric <oper>
2: Numeric <oper>
<oper> It is given in <format>. This field may be in 16-character long alphanumeric format,
8-characters short alphanumeric format, or 5-character numeric format (MCC/MNC).
<AcT> indicates the radio access technology and its value can be 0, 1, and 2.
0: GSM
1: GSM compact
2: UTRAN
3: GSM w/EGPRS
4: UTRAN w/HSDPA
5: UTRAN w/HSUPA
6: UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA
7: E-UTRAN
9: CDMA
Example
AT+COPS=0,0
OK Automatic network selection is enabled. Long alphanumeric mode.
AT+COPS=0,2
OK Set to digital mode
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,"CHINAMOBILE",7
OK
China Mobile
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,2,"46000",7 If it is set to digital mode, get the number 46000
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 22
OK
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,"CHINAUNICOM",7
OK
China Unicom
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,2,"46001",7
OK
If it is set to digital mode, then get the number 46001.
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,0,"CHINA TELECOM",9
OK
If it is set to digital mode, then get the number 46001.
AT+COPS?
+COPS: 0,2,46011,9
OK
If it is set to digital mode, then get the number 46011.
AT+COPS=2
OK Deregister the network.
2.7 AT+CIMI–Querying the IMSI
To query the international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI).
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CIMI<CR>
<CR><LF><IMSI><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<IMSI> The international mobile subscriber identification.
A character string of 15 digits and starts with 3-bits of MCC and 2-bits of MNC. It is
used to authenticate the SIM card.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 23
Example
AT+CIMI
460020188385503
OK
Obtain the IMSI number.
AT+CIMI
ERROR
Query the IMSI.
No SIM card is installed.
2.8 AT+CGSN–Querying IMEI
To query the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) of the module.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CGSN<CR> <CR><LF><IMEI><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<IMEI> International Mobile Equipment Identity, a character string of 15 digits.
Example
AT+GSN
355897043139120
OK
On a 3GPP2 network, the return code is an 8-digit ESN.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 24
2.9 AT+CCID–Obtaining the ICCID of the SIM Card
To obtain the integrated circuit card identifier (ICCID) of the SIM card
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CCID<CR>
<CR><LF>+CCID:<ICCID><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<ICCID> SIM card ID, a string of 20 digits.
Example
AT+CCID
+CCID:89860002190810001367
OK
Read command
AT+CCID
ERROR
Read command
The SIM card is not inserted.
2.10 AT+CGMM–Querying the Module Model
To query the module model
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CGMM<CR> <CR><LF><model><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 25
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<model> module model
Example
AT+CGMM
N75
OK
Query the product model.
2.11 AT+GMM–Querying the Module Model
To query the the module model.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+GMM<CR> <CR><LF><model><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A
Example
AT+GMM
N75
OK
Query the product model.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 26
2.12 AT+IPR–Setting Baud Rate
To set the baud rate of the module. The default baud rate is 0, indicating automatic baud rate
detection.
The setting by this command is not saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+IPR=<baud rate><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+IPR?<CR> <CR><LF>+IPR: <baud rate>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+IPR=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+IPR: (list of supported <baud rate>s)
<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<baud rate> The value can be
0,300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,
921600.
Example
AT+IPR=115200
OK Set the baud rate to 115200 bps.
AT+IPR?
+IPR: 115200
OK
Query the current baud rate.
AT+IPR=?
+IPR:
0,2400,4800,9600,14400,19200,28800,33600,38400,57600
,115200,2166666
OK
Query the available baud rate range.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 27
AT+IPR=100
ERROR
Set the baud rate to 100.
The value is not allowed
2.13 AT+CFUN–Setting Module Functionality
To select the level of functionality of the module by setting <fun>.
The settings are not be saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]<CR>
<CR><LF>+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of
supported <rst>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CFUN?<CR> <CR><LF>+CFUN:<fun>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CFUN=?
<CR><LF>+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(range
of supported <rst>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<fun> power saving function mode
0: turn off radio and SIM power
1: Full functionality (default)
4: Turn off the TX and RX circuits (Flight mode)
<rst> Specifies whether to restart the module
0: do not reset the module before setting it to <fun> power level
1: reset the module before setting it to <fun> power level
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 28
Example
AT+CFUN=1
OK Set full functionality.
AT+CFUN?
+CFUN: 1
OK
Query current function level.
Full functionality
AT+CFUN=?
+CFUN: (0-1,4) ,(0-1)
OK
Query available parameter value ranges.
2.14 AT+CMUX–Activating Multiplexing Mode
To activate multiplexing mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
AT+CMUX=<mode>[,<subset>[,
<port_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2
>[,<T2>[,<T3>[,<k>]]]]]]]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CMUX=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CMUX: (list of supported
<mode>values),(list of supported <subset>
values),(value range of<port_speed>),(value range
of<N1>),(value range of<T1>),(value range
of<N2>),(value range of<T2>),(value range
of<T3>),(value range of<k>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> The mode of MUX that is enabled, integer type
0: Basic option (default value)
1: Advanced option (not supported)
<subset> Subset of frame format, integer type
0: UIH frames used only (default value)
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 29
1: UI frames used only (not supported currently)
1: UI frames
used only (not
supported
currently)
UART port rate, integer type
1: 9600bit/s
2: 19200bit/s
3: 38400bit/s
4: 57600bit/s
5: 115200bit/s (default)
6: 230400bit/s
<N1> Maximum frame size. Integer type, ranging from 1 to 1509. The default value is
31. For Advanced option, the default value is 64.
<T1> Acknowledgement timer in unite of ten milliseconds, integer type, ranging from 1
to 255, where 10 is default (equal to 100 ms).
<N2> Maximum number of re-transmissions, integer type, ranging from 0 to 5. The
default value is 3.
<T2> response timer for the multiplexer control channel in units of ten milliseconds,
integer type. Ranging from 2 to 255. The default value is 30 (300 ms).
<T3> Wake up response timer in seconds, integer type. Not supported.
<k> window size, integer type. Not supported
Example
Example AT+CMUX=0
OK
AT+CMUX?
ERROR
AT+CMUX=2
ERROR
The parameter value exceeds
available range
AT+CMUX=0,0,,512,254,5,255
OK Basic option.
AT+CMUX=0,0,,512,254,5,255
OK
Advanced option.
Not supported
AT+CMUX=?
+CMUX:
(0),(0),(1-6),(16-1509),(1-255),(0-100),(2-255),(1-255),(1-7)
OK
Query the available range of
parameters.
AT+CMUX?
ERROR Incorrect command syntax.
2.15 AT+CCLK–Clock
To set and query the real-time clock.
The setting by this command is saved after the module is powered down.
The default clock is GMT+0.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 30
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CCLK=<time><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CCLK?<CR> <CR><LF>+CCLK: <time><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<time> Character string in format of "YY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss[+TZ]".
TZ: Two digits, indicating the time lag between the local time and the GMT time. This
information is optional because it can be displayed only when the network supports it.
Example
AT+CCLK="08/07/01,14:54:01"
OK Set the real-time clock of the module.
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: "08/07/01,14:54:10"
OK
Query the setting of the real-time clock.
AT+CCLK=14/07/02,10:48:50
ERROR Incorrect command syntax.
2.16 AT+CPIN–Entering PIN Code
To query the PIN status and enter PIN code.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 31
Query AT+CPIN?<CR> <CR><LF>+CPIN: <code><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<code> READY: No password
SIM PIN: Enter PIN code.
SIM PUK: Enter PUK code.
SIM PIN2: Enter PIN2 code.
SIM PUK2: Enter PUK2 code.
Example
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN:READY
OK
Query whether PIN code is required.
No password is required.
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PIN
OK
AT+CPIN="1234"
OK
PBREADY
Query whether PIN code is required.
Required
Input correct PIN code.
Unlock
AT+CPIN?
+CPIN: SIM PUK
OK
AT+CPIN="12345678","4321"
OK
PBREADY
PUK code is required if PIN code is input
incorrectly for three times
Input PUK code, and new PIN code.
Unlock
⚫ To enter PIN code, lock current SIM card (running AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234") and then restart the module.
⚫ If PIN code is input incorrectly for three times, PUK is required to unlock.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 32
2.17 AT+CLCK–Locking/Unlocking Module
To lock, unlock or interrogate module.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<
passwd>[,<class>]]<CR>
⚫ When <mode> =2:
<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>
[<CR><LF>+CLCK:
<status>,<class2>[...]]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
⚫ When <mode> is not equal to 2:
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CLCK=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLCK: (list of supported <fac> values)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<fac> A pair of quotation marks are required for the value.
"OI": Outgoing international calls
"SC": SIM card
"AI": all incoming calls
"IR": incoming calls when roaming outside the homing place
"AO": All outgoing calls
"OX": All outgoing international calls except to the home country
"AB": all calling services
"AG": all outgoing call services
"AC": all incoming call services
"FD": SIM fixed dialing memory feature
"PS": lock phone to the SIM card
"PN": network authentication
"PU": network subsystem authentication
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 33
"PP": service provider authentication
"PC": corporate authentication
<mode> 0: Unlock
1: Lock
2: Query the status
<status> 0: not active
1: active
<passwd> Password or code, string type. A pair of quotation marks are required for the
value.
<classx> 1: Voice service
2: Data service
4: Fax service
8: SMS
16: Synchronous data service
32: Asynchronous data service
64: Dedicated packet access
128: Dedicated PAD access
Example
AT+CLCK="SC",2
+CLCK: 0
OK
AT+CLCK=?
+CLCK:
("AB","AC","AG","AI","AO","IR","OI","OX","
SC","FD","PN","PU","PP","PC","PF")
OK
Query the network information related to the module.
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234"
OK
Lock the current SIM card. "1234" is the PIN code of
current SIM card.
AT+CLCK="SC",0,"1234"
OK
Unlock the current SIM card. "1234" is the PIN code of
current SIM card.
AT+CLCK="SC",1,"2222"
ERROR The PIN code is incorrect.
2.18 AT+CPWD–Modifying Password
To modify the password of the lock function of the module.
Format
Type Command Response
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 34
Execute AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CPWD=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CPWD:(list of supported
(<fac>,<pwdlength>)s)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<fac> A pair of quotation marks is required for the value.
"P2":SIM PIN2
"OI": outgoing international calls
"AI": all incoming calls
"IR": incoming calls when roaming outside the homing place
"SC": SIM card
"AO": all outgoing calls
"OX": all outgoing international calls except to the home country
"AB": all calling services
"AG": all outgoing call services
"AC": all incoming call services
"FD": fixed dialing of the SIM card
"PN": network authentication
"PU": network subsystem authentication
"PP": service provider authentication
"PC": corporate authentication
<oldpwd> Old password or code, string type. A pair of quotation marks is required for the
value.
<newpwd> New password or code, string type. A pair of quotation marks is required for the
value.
Example
AT+CPWD=?
+CPWD:
("AB",4),("AC",4),("AG",4),(
"AI",4),("AO",4),("IR",4),("
OI",4),("OX",4),("SC",8),("P
2",8)
Query the service range of the PIN password allowed by the module.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 35
OK
AT+CPWD="SC","1234","0000"
OK
Modify the PIN code of the current SIM card. "1234" is the old PIN
code and "0000" is the new PIN code.
AT+CPWD=SC,1234,0000
ERROR
Incorrect command syntax.
A pair of quotation marks ("") is required for each parameter.
To modify the PIN code, lock the SIM card (running AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234").
2.19 AT+CGDCONT–Defining PDP Context
To set the packet data protocol (PDP) format of GPRS/3G.
Format
Type Command Response
Set
AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<
PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<P
DP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<
h_comp>]]]]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CGDCONT?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_
addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CGDCONT=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: [list of supported
(<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_c
omp>)]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<cid> (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP
context definition. Minimum value = 1.
<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter.
IP: Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 36
PPP: Point to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)
IPV4V6: V4V6 dual-stack network protocol
<APN> Access Point Name. A string parameter which is a logical name that is used to
select the GGSN or the external packet data network.
<PDP_address> a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address space applicable to
the PDP. TE will provide a value for this parameter after PDP starts if it is null or
omitted. If TE fails to provide, the subscription value will be requested.
<d_comp> numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression. Used only for SNDCP
<h_comp> numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression.
0 - off (default if value is omitted)
<pd1>, … <pdN> zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the <PDP_type>
Example
AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","CMNET"
OK Set PDP type to IP and APN to CMNET.
AT+CGDCONT?
+CGDCONT: 1,"IP","CMNET","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0
OK
Query current PDP format.
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (1-24),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT:
(1-24),"PPP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT:
(1-24),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
+CGDCONT:
(1-24),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
OK
Query the available value range of PDP format.
2.20 AT+XGAUTH–PDP Authentication
PDP authentication.
Before sending this command, send AT+CGDCONT.
To use internal protocol stack, add this command to the process.
<cid> is same as that in +CGDCONT.
Format
Type Command Response
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 37
Set AT+XGAUTH=<cid>,<auth>[,<name>,<pwd>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+XGAUTH=?
<CR><LF>+XGAUTH: (list of supported
<cid>),(value range of<auth>),(length of
<name>),(length of <pwd>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<cid> PDP context identifier
<auth> authentication may be:
0: NONE
1: PAP (default)
2: CHAP
3: PAP or CHAP
<name> user name
<pwd> password
Include <name> and <pwd> into the command when <auth> is equal 0.
Example
AT+XGAUTH=1,1,”gsm”,”1234”
OK Set the first PDP authentication.
AT+XGAUTH=?
+XGAUTH: (1),(0-3),32,32
OK
Query the available value range of parameters.
2.21 AT+CGATT–Setting GPRS Attach and Detach
To set GPRS attach and detach.
The settings are be saved after the module is powered off.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 38
By default, the module can automatically perform GPRS attach.
Ensure that the GPRS attach is set before the PPP connection is set up. It is recommended to add the
AT+CGATT? command to the process to query the GPRS status. If the module returns 1, set up PPP
connection directly; otherwise, set GPRS attach manually by executing the command AT+CGATT=1.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CGATT=<state><CR>
<CR><LF>GPRS DISCONNECTION<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CGATT?<CR> <CR><LF>+CGATT: <state>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CGATT=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CGATT: (value range of <state>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<state> 0: indicates detach
1: indicates attach
Example
AT+CGATT=1
OK GPRS attach is set successfully.
AT+CGATT=0
OK GPRS detach is set successfully.
AT+CGATT=0
GPRS DISCONNECTION
OK
Send this command after setting a PPP connection.
AT+CGATT=0
ERROR ERROR is returned because no SIM card is installed.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 39
AT+CGATT?
+CGATT: 0
OK
Query the GPRS status.
AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT:(0,1)
OK
Query the valid parameter values for the command.
2.22 ATE1/ATE0–Enabling & Disabling the Terminal
Display
To enable or disable the terminal display function of the AT commands. The settings by this command
are not saved after the module is powered off.
The terminal display function is enabled by default.
If the command is sent after dialing up to connect the network, terminal display is disabled
automatically.
ATE is equal to ATE1.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ⚫ ATE1<CR>
⚫ ATE0<CR>
<CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A
Example
ATE1
OK
Turn on module AT command echo function
Send AT, serial tools show "AT" and "OK".
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 40
AT
OK
ATE0
OK
OK
Turn off the module AT command echo function
Send AT, serial tools only show "OK"
2.23 ATD*99#–GPRS Dialing Command
To initialize a GPRS connection using external protocol stacks.
This command is applicable only to external protocol stacks.
Ensure that the module has registered the network and set APN before dialing any number.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ATD*99#<CR> <CR><LF>CONNECT<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
ATD*99#
CONNECT
2.24 AT+ENPWRSAVE–Enabling or Disabling Sleep
Mode
To enable or disable sleep mode.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 41
The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered off.
Sleep mode is triggered by inputting low level at DTR by default.
After this command is sent and low (or high) level is input at DTR, the module can enter sleep mode
unless circuit of each part inside the module allows.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ENPWRSAVE=<n><CR> <CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Query AT+ENPWRSAVE?<CR> <CR><LF>+ENPWRSAVE: <n>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: Forbid sleep mode. (default)
1: Allow sleep mode (Low level at DTR triggers sleep mode)
2: Allow sleep mode (High level at DTR triggers sleep mode)
Example
AT+ENPWRSAVE=1
OK Disable the sleep mode.
AT+ENPWRSAVE?
+ENPWRSAVE: 1
OK
Query current sleep mode status.
2.25 AT+SIGNAL–Setting Blinking Status Signal Indicator
To set the different blinking status of the signal indicator.
The default status setting is 7.
If the status is set to 0 to 6, the indicator will be always on when a call or SIM message in incoming in
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 42
sleep mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+SIGNAL=<value><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SIGNAL?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIGNAL: <value><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+SIGNAL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIGNAL: (value range of<value>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<value> Integers, ranging from 0 to 7
0: Blink once every second in normal situation. Being off or on if any abnormality
occurs.
1: Blink once every second after the module is connected to the GPRS network.
Being off in any other situations.
2: Flash and blink. Flash every 250 ms for the GPRS data service and blink every
second in other normal situations.
3: Be on after the GPRS network is connected and blink every second in other
situations.
4: Be on after the GPRS network is connected and being off in other situations.
5: Be off if the SIM card cannot be detected after the module is started, blink
every second if the SIM card is detected, and be on after the GPRS network is
connected.
6: Four indicator states:
⚫ If no SIM card is installed or the SIM card does not register network, the
indicator blinks every one second and is on for 0.1 second.
⚫ If the SIM card registered network, the indicator blinks every three second
and is on for 0.1 second.
⚫ If the GPRS network is connected, the indicator blinks every 250 ms and is
on for 0.1 second.
⚫ The indicator is always on during a call.
7: four indicator states
⚫ Off: No SIM card, not registered
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 43
⚫ On: registered network
⚫ On for 0.2 second and off for 1.8 second: Obtained the IP address
⚫ On for 1.8 second and off for 0.2 second: Connected to the server
<low_interval> 10 to 65535 ms
<high_interval> 10 to 65535 ms
Example
AT+SIGNAL?
+SIGNAL: 2
OK
The current signal indicator status is 2.
AT+SIGNAL=3
OK Set current signal indicator status to 3.
AT+SIGNAL=11
ERROR The parameter is set to an incorrect value.
AT+SIGNAL=?
+SIGNAL: (0-7)
OK
The available value of the signal indicator status
ranges from 0 to 7.
2.26 AT+CUSD–Sending USSD Data
To send Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD)
This command supports 3GPP only.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CUSD?<CR> <CR><LF>+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CUSD=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CUSD: (range of supported
<m>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 2 General Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 44
Parameter
<n> specifies whether to display return codes
0: do not display return codes
1: display return codes
2: Cancel the request (not available for read command)
<str> USSD string. If this parameter is not set, the module does not access network.
<dcs> 3GPP TS 23.038 [25] Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format
(default 0).
<m> 0: no further user action required
1: further user action required
2: USSD terminated by network
3: other local client has responded
4: operation not supported
5: network response times out
Example
AT+CUSD=1,"*100#",15
OK
+CUSD: 2,
"04110430043B0430043D0441003A003300350031002C0035003104400020",
72
The operator supports this data
service.
AT+CUSD=?
+CUSD: (0-2)
OK
Query the value range of
parameters.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 45
3 SMS Commands
3.1 AT+CSMS–Selecting SMS Services
To select an SMS service among SMS-MO, SMS-MT, and SMS-CB
This command is not supported on a CDMA network.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CSMS=<service><CR>
<CR><LF>+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CSMS?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CSMS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSMS: (value range of <service>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<service> 0: GSM03.40 and GSM03.41. SMS-related AT commands support GSM07.05
Phase 2.
1: GSM03.40 and GSM03.41. SMS-related AT commands support GSM07.05
Phase 2+.
<mt>,<mo>,<bm> 0: not support
1: support
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 46
The default settings of this command are 0, 1, 1, 1.
Example
AT+CSMS=1
+CSMS: 1, 1, 1
OK
Set SMS service to 1.
AT+CSMS?
+CSMS: 1, 1, 1, 1
OK
Query the current parameter values.
AT+CSMS=?
+CSMS: (0-1)
OK
Query the value range of SMS service.
3.2 AT+CPMS–Setting Preferred SMS Storage
To set preferred SMS storage.
The settings by this commands are saved after the module is powered off.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CPMS=<mem1><CR>
<CR><LF>+CPMS: <used1>, <total1>, <used2>, <total2>,
<used3>, <total3><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Query AT+CPMS?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CPMS: <mem1>, <used1>, <total1>, <mem2>,
<used2>, <total2>, <mem3>, <used3>, <total3><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CPMS=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s), (list of
supported <mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)
<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 47
Parameter
<mem1> Memory from which SMS messages are read and deleted, string type
"SM": SIM only
"ME": ME only
"MT": any of storages associated with ME (SIM first)
"SR": Status Report Storage
<used> Used quantity
<total> Total capacity of the storage
Example
AT+CPMS="SM"
+CPMS: 0, 50, 0, 50, 0, 50
OK
Set the SMS storage to "SM", that is,
store SMS messages in SIM card.
AT+CPMS?
+CPMS: "SM", 0, 50, "SM", 0, 50,"SM", 0, 50
OK
Query the capacity of current SMS
storage.
AT+CPMS=?
+CPMS: ("ME","MT","SM","SR"),("ME","MT","SM","SR"),
("ME","MT","SM","SR")
OK
Query the available storages.
AT+CPMS="SM"
+CMS ERROR: 500
No SIM card is inserted.
3.3 AT+CMGF–Setting SMS Inputting Mode
To set the SMS inputting mode
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CMGF=[<mode>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CMGF?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMGF: <mode><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CMGF=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CMGF: (range of supported <mode>s)
<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 48
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<mode> 0: PDU mode (default)
1: text mode
Example
AT+CMGF=1
OK
Set the SMS to text mode.
AT+CMGF?
+CMGF: 1
OK
Query the current mode of SMS message input.
AT+CMGF=?
+CMGF: (0-1)
OK
Query the value range of SMS mode setting.
3.4 AT+CSCS–Setting the TE Character Set
To set the format of the TE character set.
The default character set is "IRA".
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CSCS=[<chset>]<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Query AT+CSCS?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSCS: <chset><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CSCS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 49
Parameter
<chset> ⚫ "GSM": default GSM alphabet (GSM03.38.6.2.1)
⚫ HEX": string consisting of 0x00 to 0xFF in hexadecimal format. E.g. 032FE6 is 3 8-bit
characters, which are respectively 3, 47, and 230. Conversion is not required between
these characters and the source MT character set. (Not supported)
⚫ "IRA": international reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50)
"8859-1": ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set (not supported)
⚫ "UCS2": 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (USO/IEC10646). The
UCS2 character string is converted into a hexadecimal number (ranging from 0x0000
to 0xFFFF). UCS2 encoding is used only in some character string of the statement.
Example
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
Set IRA character set.
AT+CSCS?
+CSCS: "PCCP936"
OK
Query the format of current character set.
AT+CSCS=?
+CSCS: ("GSM","HEX","PCCP936","UCS2")
OK
Query the character set formats that the module
supports.
3.5 AT+CNMI–Setting SMS Indication Mode
To set the mode how the module informs users of new SMS messages received from the network.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm
>[,<ds> [,<bfr>]]]]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CNMI?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CNMI:
[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CNMI=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CNMI: (value range of <mode>),(value
range of <mt>),(list of supported <bm>s),(value range
of <ds>s),(value range of <bfr>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 50
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<mode> Set the instruction mode after receiving SMS messages. The default value is 0.
0: SMS instruction codes can be saved in the buffer of the module. If the TA is full, the old
codes can be saved in other place or replaced with new codes. (default)
1: when the module is online, it will discard saved SMS instruction codes and reject new
codes. In other situations, the codes are displayed on the end device.
2: when the module is online, the SMS instruction codes are saved in the buffer of the
module. After the connection is released, the SMS instruction codes are output through
UART. In other situations, codes are directly displayed on the end device.
3: when the module is online, SMS indicator code and other data are transmitted together
and the code will be displayed on the device.
<mt> Set the format of the new SMS instruction codes. The default value is 0.
0: SMS instruction codes will not be sent to the end device (default)
1: The format of the new SMS instruction codes is +CMTI: "MT" ,<index>. The SMS
message is stored rather than directly displayed.
2: The format of the new SMS instruction codes is
+CMT :<oa>,<scts>,<tooa>,<lang>,<encod>,<priority>[,<cbn>],<length><CR><LF>
<data> (text mode). SMS messages are directly displayed rather than stored.
3: Use the report codes defined by <mt>=2 to transmit SMS instruction codes to the end
device. The SMS instruction codes in other modes are the same as that of <mt>=1.
<bm> Set the format of the new cell broadcast codes. The default value is 1.
0: not send the instruction information of new cell broadcast. The cell broadcast will not
be stored.
1: the cell broadcast instruction code is +CBMI:"BC" ,<index> and the cell broadcast is
stored. (default)
2: the format of the new cell broadcast instruction codes is
+CBM:<oa>,[<alpha>,]<scts>[,<tooa>,<length>] <CR><LF><data>(text mode). The
cell broadcast will be directly displayed rather than stored.
<ds> report status of SMS message sending. The default value is 0.
0: no status report of SMS message sending
1: the format of the SMS sending status report is
+CDS :<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>, <dt>,<st>(text mode).
2: if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is sent:
+CDSI:<mem>,<index>
<bfr> The default value is 0.
0: when <mode> is set to 1 or 2, codes defined by this command and stored in TA will be
sent to TE. The module will return OK before transmitting the codes.
1: when <mode> is set to 1 or 2, the codes defined by this command and stored in TA will
be cleared.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 51
⚫ The default settings of this command are 0, 0, 0, 0, 1.
⚫ The recommended setting is +CNMI: 2,1,0,0,0 (new messages are stored on SIM card rather than displayed
directly). +CNMI: 2,2,0,0,0 (new messages are displayed rather than stored on SIM card) is not supported.
⚫ SMS message types:
Class 0: Displayed not stored
Class 1: Stored in ME
Class 2: Stored in SIM
Class 3: Sent to TE
Example
AT+CNMI=1,1,0,0,0
OK
Set the SMS message indication mode.
AT+CNMI=?
+CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0-2),(0-1)
OK
Query the value ranges of the parameters.
AT+CNMI?
+CNMI: 1,1,0,0,0
OK
Query the current setting of the parameters.
3.6 AT+CMGR–Reading SMS Messages
To read SMS messages stored in current memory (use the AT+CPMS command to specify the
current memory)
If the received message is unread, its status in the storage changes to received read after executing
this command.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CMGR=<index><CR>
Text mode (+CMGF=1)
⚫ SMS-DELIVER
<CR><LF>+CMGR:
<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,
<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]
<CR><LF><data>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
⚫ SMS-SUBMIT:
<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,
<fo>,<pid>, <dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 52
<CR><LF><data>
⚫ SMS-STATUS-REPORT:
<CR><LF>+CMGR:
<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>, <st>
⚫ SMS-COMMAND:
<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],
[<da>], [<toda>],<length>
<CR><LF><data>]
⚫ CBM-STORAGE:
<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,
<page>,<pages>
<CR><LF><data>
PDU mode (+CMGF=0)
<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length>
<CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<index> location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem1> to the TE
<stat> Status of SMS messages in the storage
⚫ TEXT mode
"REC UNREAD": received unread
"REC UNREAD": received read
"STO UNSENT": stored unsent
"STO SENT": stored sent
⚫ PDU mode
0: received unread
1: received read
2: stored unsent
3: stored sent
<oa> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field. BCD numbers
(or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently
selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS 27.007). The type of
address is given by <tooa>.
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry
found in MT phonebook. Implementation of this feature is manufacturer specified. The
used character set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS command (see definition of
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 53
this command in 3GPP TS 27.007).
<scts> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp (refer to <dt>).
<tooa> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet (default
refer to <toda>).
<fo> Depending on the command or result code: First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040
SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or
SMS-COMMAND in integer format. If a valid value has been entered once, the parameter
can be omitted.
<pid> 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0).
<dcs> Depending on the command or result code: 3GPP TS 23.038 SMS Data Coding Scheme
(default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format.
<sca> 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format. BCD numbers (or
GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently
selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS 27.007). The type of
address is given by <tosca>.
<tosca> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet (default refer to
<toda>).
<length> Integer type, indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body
<data> in characters, or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) the length of the actual TP data unit
in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length).
<data> If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that GSM
03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:
⚫ ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set when TE character set
is not configured to HEX by +CSCS.
⚫ ME/TA converts each 7-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA
characters when TE character set is configured to HEX by +CSCS.
If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates that
GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set:
ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters
(e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)
<da> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field. BCD numbers
(or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently
selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS 27.007). The type of
address is given by <toda>
<toda> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet
<vp> GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period
Its format determined by <fo> of SMS-SUBMIT: integer (167 by default) or string type
(refer to <dt>)
<mr> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference.
<ra> String type, GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address, refer to AT+CSCS.
<tora> Integer type, GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address, refer to <toda>.
<dt> String type, GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time, in format of yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz
<st> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Status
<ct> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type
<sn> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number.
<mid> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 54
<page> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 4-7 bit
<pages> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 0-3 bit
<pdu> In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.040 TPDU in
hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character
long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two
characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).
Example
AT+CMGR=1
+CMGR: "REC READ","66421",,"11/09/13,16: 37: 59+32"
050003140401E27778592EA7E7EBE9373C3C279BCF68F59AADC7FED62779BA596D7EBAE
B5B91EBD16A5D46C35F98406A744E311A95C32594DA75688B50EADACA6D689150EADF1B
2BC5E579AD575E5B5582D5EABD5624C36A3D56C375C0E1693CD6835DB0D9783A15C91D2
E06BDAA558AC1F60C52B937CADCD2B747AA9021BDEC627E8E9441BD42655DEF446
OK
Read the message indexed
as 1.
AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CSCS="UCS2"
OK
+CMTI: "SM",39
AT+CMGR=39
+CMGR: 0,,23
0891683110501905F0240BA18177377949F50000413062312503230468341A0D
OK
Set PDU mode.
Incoming SMM.
Read the message.
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CSCS="GSM"
OK
+CMTI: "SM",40
AT+CMGR=40
+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","18777397945",,"14/03/26,13: 57: 58+32"
hello world
OK
Set the text mode.
Incoming SMS message.
Read the SMS message.
3.7 AT+CMGL– SMS Message List
To read SMS messages of one type from the current memory specified by the +CPMS command
Format
Type Command Response
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 55
Execute AT+CMGL[=<stat>]<CR>
Text mode (+CMGF=1)
⚫ SMS-SUBMITs or SMS-DELIVERs:
<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,[<alpha>],
[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF>
<data>[<CR><LF>+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<da/oa>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,
<length>]<CR><LF><data>[...]]
⚫ SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:
<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],
[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>
[<CR><LF>+CMGL:
<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<s
t>[...]]
⚫ SMS-COMMANDs:
<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>
[<CR><LF>+CMGL: index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[...]]
⚫ CBM storage:
<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,
<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>
[<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,
<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>[...]]
PDU mode (+CMGF=0)
<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><
CR><LF><pdu>
[<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><
CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF> [...]]
Test AT+CMGL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<stat> String type or numeric type
When set AT+CMGF=1,
"REC UNREAD": received unread
"REC UNREAD": received read
"STO UNSENT": stored unsent
"STO SENT": stored sent
"ALL": all SMS messages
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 56
When set AT+CMGF=0,
0: received unread
1: received read
2: stored unsent
3: stored sent
4: all SMS messages
<index> Location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem1> to the TE
<oa> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field. BCD
numbers (or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS
27.007). The type of address is given by <tooa>.
<da> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field. BCD
numbers (or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS
27.007). The type of address is given by <toda>
<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry
found in MT phonebook. Implementation of this feature is manufacturer specified. The
used character set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS command (see
definition of this command in 3GPP TS 27.007).
<scts> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp (refer to <dt>).
<tooa> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet (default
refer to <toda>).
<toda> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet
<length> Number of octets of the given TP-level data unit (octets that do not contain the service
center address)
<data> If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that
GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:
⚫ ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set when TE character
set is not configured to HEX by +CSCS.
⚫ ME/TA converts each 7-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA
characters when TE character set is configured to HEX by +CSCS.
If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates
that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set:
⚫ ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA
characters (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters
2A (IRA 50 and 65)
<fo> Depending on the command or result code: First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040
SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or
SMS-COMMAND in integer format. If a valid value has been entered once, the
parameter can be omitted.
<mr> Integer type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-Reference
<ra> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field. BCD
numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the
currently selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command). The type of
address is given by <tora>.
<tora> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet (default
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 57
refer to <toda>).
<scts> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp (refer to <dt>).
<dt> GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time, in format of yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz
<st> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Status.
<ct> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type
<sn> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number
<mid> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier
<page> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 4-7 bit
<pages> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 0-3 bit
<pdu> In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.040 TPDU
in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA
character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to
TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).
Example
AT+CMGL="ALL"
+CMGL: 1,"REC READ","10010",,"14/06/23,14:42:27+32"
0500034F0302672C77ED4FE14E2D768452694F596D4191CF5305542B53E052A053056D4191CFFF0C8BF76CE8610F533A52
064F7F7528FF093002672C6B2167E58BE27ED3679C5B5857285EF665F6FF0C8BF74EE551FA8D264E3A51C63002767B9646
8054901A624B673A84254E1A53850020007700610070002E00310030003000310030002E0063006F006D
+CMGL: 2,"REC READ","10010",,"14/06/23,14:42:27+32"
0500034F03016E2999A863D0793AFF0C622A6B62003667080032003265E5FF0C60A85F5367085957991051856D4191CF5D
F24F7F752800340033002E00360031004D0042FF0C52694F596D4191CF003200350036002E00330039004D0042FF085982
60A88BA28D2D4E867EA256F4811662164E9196C0621660A6005400566D4191CF53E052A05305FF0C5219
OK.
AT+CMGL=?
+CMGL: ("REC UNREAD", "REC READ", "STO UNSENT", "STO
SENT", "ALL")
OK
Query in text format (AT+CMGF=1).
AT+CMGL=?
+CMGL: (0-4)
OK
Query in PDU format (AT+CMGF=0).
AT+CMGL=ALL
ERROR
A pair of quotation marks ("") is required for
the parameter.
AT+CMGF=1
OK
AT+CMGL=4
ERROR
The parameter should be set to 0.
AT+CMGF=0
OK
AT+CMGL="ALL"
ERROR
The parameter should be set to 1.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 58
3.8 AT+CMGS– Sending SMS Messages
To send an SMS message from the module to the network
The network will return reference value <mr> to the module after the SMS message is sent
successfully.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
⚫ AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>
text is entered<Ctrl+Z/ESC> (Text
mode)
⚫ AT+CMGS=<length><CR>
PDU is given<Ctrl+Z/ESC> (PDU
mode)
⚫ Text mode (+CMGF=1):
<CR><LF>+CMGS:
<mr>[,<scts>]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
⚫ PDU mode (+CMGF=0):
<CR><LF>+CMGS:
<mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<da> The destination number to which the SMS message is sent in text mode
<toda> Type of destination address.3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format.
<text> SMS message content in text mode
<length> the byte length of the SMS message content in PDU mode
<mr> storage location
<CR> end character
<Ctrl+Z> indicates the end of the input message, in the example.
<ESC> indicates giving up the input message
<scts> Service center time stamp. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in
time-string format (refer to <dt>).
<ackpdu> 3GPP 23.040 RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 59
Example
AT+CMGS="66358"<CR>
> This is the text
+CMGS: 171
OK
Text mode(+CMGF=1)
is the symbol after pressing Ctrl+Z.
AT+CMGS="15889758493"<CR>
> This is the text
ERROR
AT+CMGF=1 might not be executed.
AT+CMGS=33<CR>
>0891683108705505F001000B815118784271F20008146DF15
7335E025B9D5B89533A59276D6A80545EFA
+CMGS: 119
OK
PDU mode (+CMGF=0)
3.9 AT+CMGW– Writing SMS Messages
To write an SMS message into the memory
The location information <index> will be returned after the message is saved correctly.
If PDU messages is sent through a UART debugging tool, press the Enter button or enter <CR> in
hexadecimal format.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
⚫ AT+CMGW[=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<st
at>]]]<CR>text is
entered<Ctrl+Z/ESC>(text mode)
⚫ AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>PD
U is given<Ctrl+Z/ESC> (PDU mode)
<CR><LF>+CMGW:<index><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<da> The destination number to which the SMS message is sent in text mode
<toda> Type of destination address.3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address
octet in integer format.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 60
<stat> Status of SMS messages in the storage
<text> SMS message content in text mode
<length> The byte length of the SMS message content in PDU mode
<index> Location information
<CR> End character
<Ctrl+Z> Indicates the end of the input message
<ESC> Indicates giving up the input message
Example
AT+CMGW="091137880"<CR>
>"This is the text"<Ctrl+Z>
+CMGW: 15
OK
Text mode (+CMGF=1)
AT+CMGW=091137880
ERROR
A pair of quotation marks ("") is required
for the number in text mode.
AT+CMGW=31<CR>
>0891683108705505F001000B813124248536F3000812004
00026002A535A53D153A653C1532052C7<Ctrl+Z>
+CMGW: 1
OK
PDU mode (+CMGF=0)
3.10 AT+CMSS– Sending Messages from Storage
To send an SMS message specified by <index> in the memory (SMS-SUBMIT)
The network returns reference value <mr> to the end device after the SMS message is sent
successfully.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,
<toda>]]<CR>
⚫ Text mode (+CMGF=1)]:
<CR><LF>+CMSS: <mr>[,<scts>]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
⚫ PDU mode (+CMGF=0):
<CR><LF>+CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 61
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<index> Message location
<da> The destination number of the SMS messages
<toda> Type of address
<mr> Message reference number
<scts> Service center time stamp
<ackpdu> 3GPP 23.040 RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU
Example
AT+CMSS=2
+CMSS: <mr>
OK
Send the SMS messages stored in memory 2.
AT+CMSS=2
ERROR
No SMS message is stored in memory 2 or the SMS message
number in memory 2 is incorrect.
3.11 AT+CMGD– Deleting SMS Messages
To delete SMS messages from the current memory.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CMGD=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CMGD: (value range of
<index>),(value range of <delflag>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 62
Parameter
<index> The recording number of the stored SMS messages
<delflag> Integer
0: delete the SMS messages with the specified recording numbers.
1: delete all read SMS messages.
2: delete all read and sent SMS messages.
3: delete all read, sent, and unsent SMS messages.
4: delete all messages.
If <delflag> is set, ignore the parameter <index>.
Example
AT+CMGD=0,3
OK
Delete all read, sent, and unsent SMS messages.
AT+CMGD=?
+CMGD:(0-50),(0-4)
OK
Query the value ranges of parameters.
AT+CMGD=5
ERROR
The 5th message does not exist.
3.12 AT+CSCA– Setting SMS Center Number
To set the SMS center number.
This command is not supported on a CDMA network.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CSCA?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSCA:<sca>,<tosca><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 63
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<sca> SMS center number
<tosca> The format of the SMS center number.
129 indicates national number.
145 indicates international number.
Example
AT+CSCA="8613800755500",145
OK
Set an international SMSC number.
AT+CSCA=8613800755500,145
OK
A pair of quotation marks ("") are not mandatory
for SMSC number.
AT+CSCA?
+CSCA: "+8613800755500",145
OK
Query the SMSC number.
3.13 AT+CSMP– Setting Text Mode Parameters
To select required values for the additional parameters in the text mode, and set the validity period
since the message is received from the SMSC, or the absolute time defining the end of the validity
period.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,
<dcs>]]]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CSMP?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSMP:<fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 64
Parameter
<fo> Determined by the command or the first 8 bits of the result code GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER;
SMS-SUBMIT (default value: 17); or adopt the integer-type SMS-COMMAND (default value:
2)
<vp> Value Validity Period
0-143 (vp+1)*5mins, 12 hours at most
144-167 12hours +((vp–143)*30mins), 24 hours at most
168-196 (vp–166)*1day
197-255 (vp–192)*1week
<pid> Integer-type TP-protocol-ID (default value: 0)
<dcs> Encoding plan for integer-type cell broadcast data (default value: 0)
The default setting is ,,0,0 on a 3GPP network.
Example
AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0
OK
Text mode parameters.
No status report; the validity period of the information is
24 hours; Only messages in text format can be sent.
AT+CSMP?
+CSMP: 17,167,0,8
OK
Query the current settings of the text mode.
3.14 AT+CSDH– Displaying the Parameters of the Text
Mode
To set whether the detailed header information is displayed in the result code in text mode
This command is valid in text mode, which can be set by AT+CMGF=1.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CSDH=[<show>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 65
Query AT+CSDH?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSDH: <show>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CSDH=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSDH: (value range of <show>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<show>: 0: not display (default value)
1: display
Example
AT+CSDH=0
OK
AT+CMGR=0
+CMGR:"RECREAD","13510895077",,"15/07/23,20:58:28+32"
Abc
OK
Set the header information to not display
Read the 0th message.
AT+CSDH=1
OK
AT+CMGR=0
+CMGR:"RECREAD","13510895077",,"15/07/23,20:58:28+32",
161,36,0,0,"+8613010888500",145,3
Abc
OK
Set the detailed header information to
display.
Read the 0th message.
AT+CSDH?
+CSDH: 0
OK
Query the current parameter setting of the
command.
AT+CSDH=?
+CSDH: (0-1)
OK
Query the value range of parameter in the
command.
3.15 AT+CSAS–Saving the Setting
To save the setting.
Only the parameter settings of AT+CSCA, AT+CSMP, and AT+CSCB can be saved by executing this
command.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 3 SMS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 66
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CSAS[=<profile>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CSAS=?<CR>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<profile> 0: save settings (or omit the parameter)
Example
AT+CSAS
OK Save the setting.
AT+CSAS=0
OK Save the setting.
AT+CSAS=1
ERROR
AT+CSAS=?
+CSAS: 0
OK
Query the valid parameter values for the command.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 67
4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
4.1 AT+NETAPN–Setting Network APN
To set the network APN.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NETAPN="APN","USERNA
ME","PASSWORD"<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+NETAPN?<CR>
<CR><LF>NETAPN:
"APN","USERNAME","PASSWORD"
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
APN GPRS network access point
USERNAME GPRS user name
PASSWORD GPRS password
Example
AT+NETAPN="CMNET","",""
OK Set GPRS APN to CMNET and leave user account and password blank.
AT+NETAPN=CMNET,,
ERROR A pair of quotation marks is required for each parameter.
AT+NETAPN?
+NETAPN:"","",""
OK
Query the current settings of APN parameter.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 68
4.2 AT+XIIC–Setting Up a PPP Link
To set up a PPP link.
Send AT+CGDCONT to set APN before executing this command.
Ensure that the module registers the network before using the AT+XIIC=1 command to set up PPP
link.
Use AT+GREG? to check whether the module registers the network or not. If +CREG: 0,1 or +CREG:
0,5 is returned, the module did not register to the network.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+XIIC=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+XIIC?<CR> <CR><LF>+XIIC: 1,<ip><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<n> 0: Disconnect the PPP link
1: Activate the PPP link.
<ip> IP address
Example
AT+XIIC=1
OK The module is required to set up a PPP link.
AT+XIIC?
+XIIC: 1,10.107.216.162
OK
The PPP link is set up successfully and the IP address
is 10.107.216.162.
There are four spaces before 1.
AT+XIIC?
+XIIC:0, 0.0.0.0
OK
The PPP link is set up successfully.
There are four spaces before 1.
AT+XIIC? When PPP is activated in dual stack mode the IPV4
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 69
+XIIC: 1,10.6.162.140
+XIIC:1,240e:bf:d209:b6e0:1:1:de27:e51a
OK
address is 10.6.162.140, and the IPV6 address is
240e:bf:d209:b6e0:1:1:de27:e51a (there are 4 spaces
before 1)
4.3 AT+TCPSETUP–Setting Up TCP Connection
To set up a TCP Connection.
Use the AT+XIIC=1 command to set up a PPP link before sending this command.
In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type
is IPv4 by default.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPSETUP=<n>,<ip>,<
port>[,<ip_type>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPSETUP: ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+TCPSETUP: <n>,<result><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<ip> Destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx or domain name format
<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code
<ip_type> Type of the destination IP address.
IPv4
IPv6
<result> Result code
OK
FAIL
LINK ALREADY OPENED
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 70
Example
AT+TCPSETUP=0,220.199.66.56,6800
OK
+TCPSETUP:0,OK
Set up a connection to 220.199.66.56,6800
on socket 0.
Successful
AT+TCPSETUP=0,neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010
OK
+TCPSETUP:0,OK
Set up a connection to neowayjsr.oicp.net,
60010 on socket 0.
Successful
AT+TCPSETUP=1,2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,258
00,IPV6
OK
+TCPSETUP: 1,OK
The link
to
2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,
25800 is successfully set up on socket 1.
+TCPCLOSE:0,Link Closed The socket is closed.
AT+TCPSETUP=1,192.168.20.6,7000
OK
+TCPSETUP: 1,FAIL
Fails to set up a connection to
192.168.20.6,7000 on socket 1. The server
is not started, the IP address is
incorrect, or the SIM card is out of credit.
AT+TCPSETUP=0,neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010
OK
+TCPSETUP: 0,LINK ALREADY OPENED
A TCP/UDP connection has been set up on
socket 0.
AT+TCPSETUP=5,192.168.20.6,7000
+TCPSETUP:ERROR
Parameters are set incorrectly.
AT+TCPSETUP=0.58.60.184.213.10012
+TCPSETUP:ERROR
Parameters are set incorrectly.
AT+TCPSET=0,58.60.184.213,10012
ERROR
The AT command is not complete.
4.4 AT+TCPSEND–Sending TCP Data
To send TCP data.
The module will return > after this command is sent. Send TCP data 50 ms to 100 ms later.
Ensure that the TCP connection is set up before sending TCP data.
The AT+IPSTATUS command is recommended to check the buffer size before sending data.
Format
Type Command Response
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 71
Execute AT+TCPSEND=<n>,<length><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +TCPSEND: <n>[,<length>],<result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5. A TCP connection is established on the socket.
<length> The length of the data to be sent, ranging from 1 to 4096, unit: byte.
1 to 4096 for ASCII data sent in buffer mode
1 to 2018 for HEX data sent in buffer mode
1 to 512 for data sent in command mode (HEX and ASCII)
<content> data sent in command mode with a length ranging from 0 to 1024, supports data link
escape
<mode> data format
0: ASCII, supports data link escape (default)
1: HEX
Example
AT+TCPSEND=0,1
>
OK
+TCPSEND:0,1
1-byte data is successfully sent through socket 0.
AT+TCPSEND=0,1024
>
+TCPSEND:ERROR
Send 1024-byte data. E.g.:123…
Congestion.
AT+TCPSEND=0,10
>
+TCPSEND: 0,OPERATION EXPIRED
After the data sending command is input and > is returned,
no more data is entered in 30 seconds. Then the expiration
information is displayed.
AT+TCPSEND=0,1
+TCPSEND:SOCKET ID OPEN FAILED
One-byte data fails to be sent on socket 0 because the link
is not established.
AT+TCPSEND=0,4097
+TCPSEND:DATA LENGTH ERROR
4097-byte data fails to be sent on socket 0 because data
length exceeds the limit.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 72
4.5 AT+RECVMODE–Setting Receive Mode
To set the receive mode of TCP and UDP data.
Do not send this command during communication because it clears the buffer.
This command also works for UDP data.
The settings are not saved after the module is powered off.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+RECVMODE=<n>[,<mode>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+RECVMODE?<CR> <CR><LF>+RECVMODE: <n>,<mode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+RECVMODE=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+RECVMODE: (list of supported
<n>s), (list of supported <mode>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> receive mode
0: buffer the TCP or UDP data received and MCU sends command to read the data
1: print the TCP or UDP data received to UART directly (default)
<mode> whether to report in hexadecimal format
0: report in ASCII format (default)
1: report in hexadecimal format
2: print the TCP, UDP data received to UART directly (data can also be printed to
UART directly in data mode)
<mode>:
0: report in ASCII mode (default)
1: report in HEX mode
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 73
Example
AT+RECVMODE=0
OK Set data receiving mode.
AT+RECVMODE=1,1
OK HEX report in command mode
AT+RECVMODE=?
+RECVMODE: (0-2),(0-1)
OK
Query value ranges of parameters in this command
4.6 AT+TCPRECV–Unsolicited TCP Data Output
Unsolicited TCP data output.
When the module receives TCP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +TCPRECV:<n>,<length>,<data><CR>
Timeout
N/A
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<length> Length of the data received
<data> Data received
Add 0x0d 0x0a to the end of the data. Identify the end based on <length>.
Example
+TCPRECV:0,10,1234567890 10-byte data is successfully received on socket
0. The data is 1234567890.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 74
4.7 AT+TCPREAD–Reading TCP Data
To read TCP data from the buffer.
Execute +RECVMODE to select data receive mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+TCPREAD=<n>,<length><CR>
<CR><LF>+TCPREAD: <n>,<length>,<data>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.
<length> Maximum length of data allowed to read, ranging from 1 to 2048, byte.
<data> Data that is read.
Example
+TCPRECV: 0,10
AT+TCPREAD=0,100
+TCPREAD: 0,10,1234567890
OK
Socket 0 receives data.
Read data.
The data read is 1234567890.
4.8 AT+TCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection
To close a TCP connection
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 75
Formats
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPCLOSE=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>+TCPCLOSE:<n>,OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPCLOSE: ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +TCPCLOSE:<n>,<result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<result> OK
FAIL
Link Closed
Example
AT+TCPCLOSE=1
+TCPCLOSE: 1,OK
Close the TCP connection.
The TCP connection on socket 1 is closed successfully.
AT+TCPCLOSE=2
+TCPCLOSE: ERROR
Socket number error
+TCPCLOSE: 0,Link Closed The server sends TCP connection closing command or the network
encounters abnormality or weak signals.
4.9 AT+UDPSETUP–Setting Up UDP Connection
To set up a UDP connection
Use the AT+XIIC=1 command to set up a PPP link before executing this command.
In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type
is IPv4 by default.
Format
Type Command Response
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 76
Execute AT+UDPSETUP=<n>,<ip>,<port>[,<ip_typ
e>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +UDPCLOSE:<n>,<result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<ip> Destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx format or domain name
format (www.XXXX.com)
<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code
<ip_type>: Type of the destination
IP address.
IPv4
IPv6
<result> OK
FAIL
LINK ALREADY OPENED
Example
AT+UDPSETUP=1,220.199.66.56,7000
OK
+UDPSETUP:1,OK
The connection to 220.199.66.560.7000 is
successfully set up on socket 1.
AT+UDPSETUP=0,neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010
OK
+UDPSETUP: 0,OK
Set up a connection to
neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010 on socket 0
Successful
AT+UDPSETUP=1,2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,258
01,IPV6
OK
+UDPSETUP: 1,OK
The link to
2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,
25801 is successfully set up on socket 1.
AT+UDPSETUP=0,58.60.184.213,11008
OK
+UDPSETUP: 0, LINK ALREADY OPENED
A TCP/UDP connection is already set up on
socket 0.
AT+UDPSETUP=1,192.168.20.6,7000
OK
+UDPSETUP: 1,FAIL
Fail to set up the connection to
192.168.20.6,7000 on socket 1.
AT+UDPSETUP=5,192.168.20.6,6800
ERROR
Socket ID is set incorrectly.
AT+UDPSETUP=0.58.60.184.213.10012
ERROR
Punctuation mark is used incorrectly.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 77
AT+UDPSET=0,58.60.184.213,10012
ERROR
The AT command is not complete.
4.10 AT+UDPSEND–Sending UDP Data
To send UDP data.
The module will return > after this command is sent. Send UDP data 50 ms to 100 ms later.
Ensure that the UDP link is set up before sending UDP data.
To decrease the packet loss rate, do not send more than 1472 each time.
Backslash is used for data link escape. For how to send quotation marks or backlash in character
string, see the example.
The mode parameter can be omitted. ASCII data sent supports escape mode by default.
When ASCII data is sent in command mode, length of the content of third parameter must be less than
1024 (including escape characters).
To send data containing more than 15 commas, use buffer mode.
The settings are not saved.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+UDPSEND=<n>,<length>[[,<co
ntent>][,mode]]<CR>
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+UDPSEND: <n>,<length>
Or
<CR><LF>+UDPSEND: <n>, OPERATION
EXPIRED<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+UDPSEND: DATA LENGTH
ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 78
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5. A UDP connection is established on the socket.
<length> Length of the data to be sent, unit: byte.
1 to 2018 for HEX data sent in buffer mode
1 to 4096 for ASCII data sent in buffer mode
1 to 512 for data sent in command mode (HEX and ASCII)
<content> data sent in command mode with a length ranging from 0 to 1024, support escape
characters.
<mode> data format
0: ASCII, supports escape characters (default)
1: HEX
<result> SUCCESS
FAIL
OPERATION EXPIRED
Example
AT+UDPSEND=0,2
>
OK
+UDPSEND: 0,2
Send 2-byte data on socket 0. Then send the
characters to be sent 50 ms to 100 ms after the
module returns >.
The data is sent successfully.
AT+UDPSEND =0,1024,,1
>
OK
+UDPSEND: 0,1024
Send 1024-byte HEX data in buffer mode.
Data is sent successfully.
AT+UDPSEND=1,27,"\"3~!@#$%\\^&*()_+;'332\",\"32\""
OK
+UDPSEND: 0,27
Command mode
AT+UDPSEND=0,3,”313233”,1
OK
+UDPSEND: 0,3
Command mode, HEX format
AT+UDPSEND=0,4097
+UDPSEND: DATA LENGTH ERROR
4097-byte data fails to be sent on socket 0
because data length exceeds the limit.
AT+UDPSEND=0,10
>
+UDPSEND: 0,OPERATION EXPIRED
After the data sending command is input and >
is returned, no more data is entered in 30
seconds. Then the expiration information is
displayed.
4.11 AT+UDPRECV–Unsolicited UDP Data Ouput
Unsolicited UDP data output.
When the module receives UDP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 79
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +UDPRECV: <n>,<length>[,<data>]<CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<length> Length of the data received
<data> Data received
Identify the end based on <length>.
Example
+UDPRECV: 0,10,1234567890 10-byte data is successfully received on socket
0. The data is 1234567890.
4.12 AT+UDPREAD–Reading UDP Data
To read UDP data.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+UDPREAD=<n>,<length><CR>
<CR><LF>+UDPREAD:<n>,<length>,
<data><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 80
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<length> Maximum length of data allowed to read
<data> Data that is read, 1 to 2048 bytes
Example
+UDPRECV: 0
AT+UDPREAD=0,100
+UDPREAD: 0,10,1234567890
OK
Socket 0 receives data.
Read data.
The data read is 1234567890.
4.13 AT+UDPCLOSE–Closing UDP Connection
To close the UDP connection
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+UDPCLOSE=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>+UDPCLOSE: <n>,OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+UDPCLOSE:ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +UDPCLOSE: <n>,<result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<result>
OK
FAIL
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 81
Example
AT+UDPCLOSE=1
+UDPCLOSE: 1,OK
The TCP link on socket 1 is closed successfully.
AT+UDPCLOSE=6
+UDPCLOSE: ERROR
Socket number error
4.14 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status
To query the TCP/UDP socket status.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+IPSTATUS=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>+IPSTATUS: <n>,<CONNECT or
DISCONNECT >[,<TCP or UDP>,<send-buffer-size>]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+IPSTATUS:1,DISCONNECT<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<CONNECT or
DISCONNECT>
Socket status, CONNECT or DISCONNECT, or CONNECTING or
DISCONNECTING
<TCP or UDP> Socket type, TCP or UDP
<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal ASCII
mode, unit: byte. <send-buffer-size> is not supported on UDP connection.
Example
AT+IPSTATUS=0
+IPSTATUS: 0,CONNECT,TCP,4096
A TCP connection has been set up on socket 0 and the
buffer size is 4096 bytes.
AT+IPSTATUS=0 A UDP connection has been set up on socket 0.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 82
+IPSTATUS: 0,CONNECT,UDP,0
AT+IPSTATUS=1
+IPSTATUS: 1,DISCONNECT
No TCP or UDP connection is set up on socket 1.
AT+IPSTATUS=1
+IPSTATUS: 1,DISCONNECT
The AT command is not complete.
AT+IPSTATUS=6
ERROR
The socket number in the command is incorrect.
4.15 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP
Socket
To query the size of data successfully sent by the TCP socket and the size of the data successfully
received.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPACK=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>+TCPACK:
<n>,<data_sent>,<acked_recv><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPACK: <n>,DISCONNECT<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPACK: NO TCP LINK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5
<data_sent > Size of data successfully sent through this socket, unsigned 64-bit integer in decimal
ASCII. The unit is byte
<acked_recv> Size of data acknowledged by the receiver, unsigned 64-bit integer in decimal ASCII.
The unit is byte
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 83
20-byte data has been transmitted from socket 0 and the receiver acknowledged 20-byte data.
Example
AT+TCPACK=0
+TCPACK: 0,20,20
20-byte data has been transmitted from socket 0 and the
receiver acknowledged 20-byte data.
AT+TCPACK=0
+TCPACK: 0,128,120
128-byte data has been transmitted from socket 0 and the
receiver acknowledged 120-byte data.
AT+TCPACK=1
+TCPACK: 1,DISCONNECT
No connection is set up on socket 1.
AT+TCPACK=2
+TCPACK: NO TCP LINK
A UDP connection is set up on socket 2.
AT+TCPACK=6
ERROR
The socket number in the command is incorrect.
4.16 AT+DNSSERVER–Setting DNS Server
To set primary and secondary DNS servers.
In general, you do not have to set DNS server, which will be issued by base station during PPP
negotiation.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+DNSSERVER=<n>,<dns-ip><CR>
<CR><LF>+DNSSERVER: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+DNSSERVER?<CR> <CR><LF>+DNSSERVER: dns1:<dns-ip1>;dns2:
<dns-ip2><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> DNS server number, ranging from 1 to 2.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 84
<dns-ip> IP address of DNS server.
Example
AT+DNSSERVER?
+DNSSERVER:dns1:114.114.114.114;dns2:0.0.0.0 Query DNS server.
AT+DNSSERVER=1,114.114.114.114
+DNSSERVER:OK Set DNS server.
4.17 AT+PDPKEEPALIVE–Setting PDP Keepalive
Heartbeat
To set PDP keepalive heartbeat.
Activate PDP before sending this command.
When PDP keepalive heartbeat is enabled, values will be returned to the AT+PDPKEEPALIVE?
Command quickly.
When PDP keepalive heartbeat is disabled, the query status will have some delay, 200ms~10000ms,
depending on the network environment.
When PDP keepalive heartbeat is disabled, the query command will have some delay,
200ms~10000ms, depending on the network environment.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+PDPKEEPALIVE=<onoff>,<inerval><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+PDPKEEPALIVE?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMEE: <n>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 85
Parameter
<onoff> heartbeat switch
0: disable (default)
1: enable
<inerval> heartbeat interval, ranging from 1 to 65535. Unit: second.
Example
AT+PDPKEEPALIVE?
+PDPKEEPALIVE: 1,5
OK
Query heartbeat setting.
AT+PDPKEEPALIVE=1,60
OK
Enable heartbeat and set the interval to 60
seconds.
4.18 AT+PDPSTATUS–Querying PDP Status
To query the status of PDP.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+PDPSTATUS<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ICCID> SIM card ID
The ICCID number is a string of 20 digits.
Example
AT+PDPSTATUS
+PDPSTATUS: CONNECT PDP connected
AT+PDPSTATUS
+PDPSTATUS: DISCONNECT
PDP disconnected
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 86
AT+PDPSTATUS
+PDPSTATUS: PSEUDO_CONNECT
PDP activated, but in pseudo_connect state
AT+PDPSTATUS
+PDPSTATUS: CONNECT PDP connected
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 87
5 TCP Server Commands
5.1 AT+TCPLISTEN–Setting TCP Listening for the Server
To set the TCP listening function of the server.
Only the SIM cards with fixed IP addresses can be used as servers.
By executing this command, the IPv4/IPv6 listening is established in IPv4/IPv6 single stack; the IPv4
and IPv6 listening is established in IPv4 and IPv6 stacks.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+TCPLISTEN=<port><CR>
<CR><LF>+TCPLISTEN:<socket>,OK
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPLISTEN:<status><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+TCPLISTEN?<CR> <CR><LF>+TCPLISTEN:<status><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<Port> Port ID
<Socket> Socket ID
Example
AT+TCPLISTEN=6800
+TCPLISTEN: 0,OK
Listening port ID: 6800
The server starts to listen.
AT+TCPLISTEN=6800
+TCPLISTEN: bind error Fails to bind
AT+TCPLISTEN=6800 Transparent listening has been set.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 88
Listening...
AT+TCPLISTEN?
+TCPLISTEN: listening status
Query the listening status. Here the server is in the
listening status.
AT+TCPLISTEN?
+TCPLISTEN: not listening
Query the listening status. Here the server is not in
the listening status.
Connect
AcceptSocket=1,ClientAddr=119.123.77.133,C
lientPort=8000
Receive the connection request from the client.
AcceptSocket indicates the socket ID on the module, and
119.123.77.133 is the IP address of the client.
5.2 AT+CLOSELISTEN–Closing Socket Connection
To close the socket connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CLOSELISTEN<CR> <CR><LF>+CLOSELISTEN:<socket_id>,local link
closed
Unsolicited report +CLOSELISTEN:<socket_id>,local link closed
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
+CLOSELISTEN: 0,local link closed The host closes the socket or network
abnormalities occur.
AT+CLOSELISTEN
+CLOSELISTEN: 0,local link closed
The connections to the client are closed.
AT+CLOSELISTEN
+CLOSELISTEN: Transparent local link closed
Transparent mode
5.3 AT+CLOSECLIENT–Closing Remote Socket
To close remote sockets.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 89
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CLOSECLIENT[=<socket>]<CR>
<CR><LF>+CLOSECLIENT: <socket>,remote link
closed<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CLOSECLIENT: All remote link
closed<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<Socket> Socket ID
Example
AT+CLOSECLIENT
+CLOSECLIENT: 1,remote link closed
+CLOSECLIENT: 2,remote link closed
There is no parameter in this command.
All remote sockets are closed successfully.
AT+CLOSECLIENT=1
+CLOSECLIENT: 1,remote link closed
Close socket 1.
AT+CLOSECLIENT=1
ERROR
No client connected to socket 1.
AT+CLOSECLIENT
+CLOSECLIENT: All remote link closed
All clients are closed.
5.4 AT+TCPRECV(S)–Unsolicited TCP Data Output
Unsolicited TCP data output.
When the module receives TCP data from the client, the UART prints the data automatically.
Additional (s) makes this command different from the receive mode of the client mode in format.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 90
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +TCPRECV(S): <n>,<length>,<data><CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.
<length> Length of the data received
<data> Data received
Add 0x0d 0x0a to the end of the data. We can identify the end based on
<length>.
Example
+TCPRECV(S): 1,10,1234567899 Socket 1 receives 10-byte data in char format from
the client.
5.5 AT+TCPREADS–Reading TCP Data
To read TCP data.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +TCPREAD(S): <n>,<length><CR>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> socket number, ranging from 0 to 5.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 91
<length> maximum length of data allowed to read, ranging from 1 to 2048.
Example
+TCPRECV(S): 1
AT+TCPREADS=1,100
+TCPREADS: 1,10,1234567890
OK
Socket 0 receives data.
Read data.
The data read is 1234567890.
5.6 AT+TCPSENDS–Sending Data to Client
To send data to the client.
Ensure that the TCP connection has been set up before sending TCP data.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPSENDS=<socket
>[,<length>]<CR>
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS:<socket>[,<length>]<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS: Buffer not
enough,439<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS: <socket> is not link<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS: <socket>, OPERATION
EXPIRED<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<socket> value of AcceptSocket, that is, the socket of the module. See the description of
the AT+TCPLISTEN command.
<length> The length of the data to be sent, value ranges from 1 to 4096, unit: byte.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 92
Example
AT+TCPSENDS=0,10
>
OK
+TCPSENDS: 0,10
10-byte data is successfully sent through socket
0.
AT+TCPSENDS=0,536
>
+TCPSENDS: Buffer not enough,439
536-byte data is sent on socket 0. Fails to
transmit the data because internal buffer is
insufficient.
AT+TCPSENDS=0
>
OK
+TCPSENDS: 0,21
Send 21-byte data on socket 0.
(e.g.: 012345678901234567890).
AT+TCPSENDS=0,10
+TCPSENDS: 0 is not link
No connection is set up on socket 0.
AT+TCPSENDS=0,5
>
+TCPSENDS: 0,OPERATION EXPIRED
No data is input within 30 seconds after > is
displayed
5.7 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Client Connection
Status
To query the connection status of the client.
If the socket is invalid, it may be the listen socket of TCP/UDP client or server.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CLIENTSTATUS=<socket
><CR>
<CR><LF>+CLIENTSTATUS:<socket>,<CONNECT
or DISCONNECT>,<TCP orINVALID>,
<send-buffer-size><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 93
Parameter
<socket> The value of AcceptSocket, that is, the socket of the module. See the description
of the AT+TCPLISTEN command.
<CONNECT or
DISCONNECT>
Socket status, value: CONNECT or DISCONNECT
<TCP or
INVALID>
Socket type, value: TCP or INVALID
<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal ASCII mode,
unit: byte.
Example
AT+CLIENTSTATUS=0
+CLIENTSTATUS: 0,CONNECT,TCP,61440
A TCP connection to client has been set up to the
socket 0 and the buffer size is 61440 bytes.
AT+CLIENTSTATUS=4
+CLIENTSTATUS: 4,DISCONNECT
No connection is set up on socket 4.
AT+CLIENTSTATUS=1
+CLIENTSTATUS: 1,CONNECT,INVALID
The connection does not exist.
5.8 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP
Server
To query the size of data successfully sent by the TCP server and the size of the data successfully
received.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPACKS=<socket><CR>
<CR><LF>+TCPACKS:
<socket>,<data_sent>,<acked_recv>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPACKS: <socket>,<DISCONNECT>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 94
Parameter
<socket> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.
<data_sent> Data successfully sent through this socket
<acked_recv> Data acknowledged by the client
The values of <data_sent> and <acked_recv> are unsigned 64-bit integers in decimal ASCII. The unit is byte.
Example
AT+TCPACK=0
+TCPACK: 0,20,20
The module sends 20-byte data to client through socket 0 and the client
acknowledges 20-byte data.
AT+TCPACK=0
+TCPACK: 0,128,120
The module sends 128-byte data to client through socket 0 and the receiver
acknowledges 120-byte data.
AT+TCPACK=1
+TCPACK: 1,DISCONNECT
No connection to the client is set up on socket 1.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 95
6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
6.1 AT+TCPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent TCP
Connection
To set up a transparent TCP connection
TCP data can be transparently transmitted after the transparent TCP connection is set up successfully
and +TCPTRANS:OK is returned. At most 4096-byte data can be sent or received in transparent
mode.
The UART does not display the data transmitted to the server after the transparent TCP connection is
set up successfully.
Use +++ to switch the server to command mode and ATO to switch it to data mode.
The module will disconnect the transparent link if a call or message is incoming.
In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type
is IPv4 by default.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPTRANS=<ip>,<port>
[,<ip_type>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+TCPTRANS:<result><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<ip> destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx format or domain name format (www.
XXXXXX.com)
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 96
<port> destination port ID in decimal ASCII code
<result> OK: connection established successful.
Fail: connection established failed.
<ip_type>: Destination IP address:
IPv4
IPv6
Example
AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800
OK
+TCPTRANS:OK
A transparent TCP connection is set up successfully.
AT+TCPTRANS=2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b
:b58b:2a92:d564,25800,IPV6
OK
+TCPTRANS: OK
Set up a transparent IPv6 TCP connection.
Successful
AT+TCPTRANS=neowayjsr.oicp.net,6001
0
OK
+TCPTRANS:OK
A transparent TCP connection is set up successfully by using
domain name.
AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,
+TCPTRANS:ERROR
The command format is incorrect.
AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800
OK
+TCPTRANS:FAIL
Fails to set up a transparent TCP connection.
AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800
+TCPTRANS: ERROR1
A transparent (TCP, UDP, TCP server) connection has been set up.
6.2 AT+UDPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent UDP
Connection
To set up a transparent UDP link
UDP data can be transparently transmitted after the transparent UDP connection is set up
successfully and +UDPTRANS:OK is returned. At most 4096-byte data can be sent or received in
transparent mode.
The UART does not display the data transmitted to the server after the transparent UDP connection is
set up successfully.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 97
Use +++ to switch the server to the command mode and ATO to switch it to the data mode.
The module will disconnect the transparent link if a call or message is incoming.
In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type
is IPv4 by default.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+UDPTRANS=<ip>,<port>[,<ip_type>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ip> destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx format or in domain name format
(www.XXXXX.com).
<port> destination port ID in decimal ASCII code
<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code.
<ip_type>: Type of the destination IP address.
IPv4
IPv6
Example
AT+UDPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800 OK
+UDPTRANS: OK
A transparent UDP connection is set up
successfully.
AT+UDPTRANS=2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d
564,25801,IPV6
OK
+UDPTRANS: OK
Set up a transparent IPv6 UDP connection.
Successful
AT+UDPTRANS=neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010
OK
+UDPTRANS:OK
A transparent UDP connection is set up by using
domain name successfully.
AT+UDPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800
OK Fails to set up a transparent UDP connection.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 98
+UDPTRANS:FAIL
AT+UDPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800
+UDPTRANS: ERROR1
A transparent (TCP, UDP, TCP server) connection
has been set up.
6.3 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by
Transparent TCP Socket
To query the size of data successfully sent through the transparent TCP connection and the size of the
data successfully received.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TCPACK<CR>
<CR><LF>+TCPACK:
<data_sent>,<acked_recv><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPACK: DISCONNECT<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+TCPACK: NO TCP LINK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<data_sent> Data transparently transmitted through this socket successfully
<acked_recv> Transparently transmitted data acknowledged by the receiver
Example
AT+TCPACK
+TCPACK:1024,1024
1024-byte data is successfully sent and received
in transparent mode.
AT+TCPACK
+TCPACK:DISCONNECT
No transparent connection is set up.
AT+TCPACK
+TCPACK:NO TCP LINK
A transparent UDP connection is set up.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 99
6.4 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status
To query the TCP/UDP socket status.
This command can be used to query the status of the transparent socket.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+IPSTATUS<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<CONNECT or DISCONNECT> Socket status, value: CONNECT or DISCONNECT
<TCP or UDP> Socket type, value: TCP or UDP
<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal
ASCII mode, unit: byte
Example
AT+IPSTATU
ERROR
The AT command is not complete.
AT+IPSTATUS
+IPSTATUS:CONNECT,TCP, 61440
A transparent TCP connection is set up. The
available buffer is 61440 bytes.
AT+IPSTATUS
+IPSTATUS:CONNECT,UDP, 61440
A transparent UDP connection is set up. The
available buffer is 61440 bytes.
AT+IPSTATUS
+IPSTATUS:DISCONNECT
No transparent connection has been set up.
6.5 AT+TRANSCLOSE–Closing Transparent Socket
To close the transparent socket
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 100
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+TRANSCLOSE<CR>
<CR><LF>+TRANSCLOSE: 1,OK
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+TRANSCLOSE
+TRANSCLOSE:0,OK
A transparent TCP socket is closed successfully.
AT+TRANSCLOSE
ERROR
No transparent TCP/UDP socket is set up.
AT+TRANSCLOSE
+TRANSCLOSE:1,OK
A transparent UDP socket is closed successfully.
+TCPTRANS:Link Closed The transparent TCP socket is closed.
+UDPTRANS:Link Closed The transparent UDP socket is closed.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 7 Transparent TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 101
7 Transparent TCP Server Commands
7.1 AT+TCPSRVTRANS–Setting Listening for
Transparent TCP
To set transparent listening for the TCP server.
A connection must be set up between the server and the client through a socket before the server
transparently transmits TCP data.
Use +++ to switch the server to command mode and ATO to switch it to data mode.
Only the SIM cards with fixed IP addresses can be used as servers.
The server set up in transparent mode can be connected to only one TCP client (transparent mode or
non-transparent mode).
The server will automatically disconnect from the client if a call or message is incoming.
By executing this command, the IPv4/IPv6 listening is established in IPv4/IPv6 single stack; the IPv4
and IPv6 listening is established in IPv4 and IPv6 stacks.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+TCPSRVTRANS=<port><CR> <CR><LF>+TCPSRVTRANS: <result><CR><LF>
Query AT+TCPSRVTRANS?<CR> <CR><LF>+TCPSRVTRANS: <status><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code.
<result> OK
bind error
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 7 Transparent TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 102
Listening...
listening status
not listening
GPRS DISCONNECTION
<status> listening status
not listening
Threshold value of data packet to be transmitted, ranging from 1 to 2048.
Example
AT+TCPSRVTRANS=6800
+TCPSRVTRANS:OK
Listening port ID: 6800
The transparent listening of the TCP server is
started.
AT+TCPSRVTRANS=6800
+TCPSRVTRANS:bind error
Fails to bind
AT+TCPSRVTRANS=6800
Transparent Listening...
Transparent listening is set.
AT+TCPSRVTRANS?
+ TCPSRVTRANS:listening status
Query the listening status.
The server is listened.
AT+TCPSRVTRANS?
+TCPSRVTRANS:not listening
Query the listening status.
The server is not listened.
AT+TCPSRVTRANS=5000
PLEASE BUILD PPP LINK FIRST!
PDP is not activated.
Connect AcceptSocket=0,ClientAddr=119.123.77.133,ClientPort=8000
Receive the connection request from the client. The client has set up socket 0 with the module and
119.123.77.133 is the IP address of the client, 8000 is the port ID of the client.
7.2 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Socket Status of
Client
To query the socket status of the client.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CLIENTSTATUS<CR>
<CR><LF>+CLIENTSTATUS: <CONNECT or
DISCONNECT>,<TCP>,
<send-buffer-size><CR><LF>
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 7 Transparent TCP Server Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 103
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<CONNECT or DISCONNECT> Socket status, value: CONNECT or DISCONNECT
<TCP> Socket type, value: TCP
<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal
ASCII mode, unit: byte.
Example
AT+CLIENTSTATUS
+CLIENTSTATUS:CONNECT,TCP,61440
A transparent TCP connection is set up and the
buffer size is 61440 bytes.
AT+CLIENTSTATUS
+CLIENTSTATUS:DISCONNECT,TCP,61440
No transparent TCP connection is set up. The
available buffer is 61440.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 104
8 FTP Commands
8.1 AT+FTPLOGIN–Logging in to the FTP Server
To log in to the FTP server.
⚫ The FTP functions cannot be used together with the internal protocol stack TCP/UDP function.
⚫ Data can be read or written on the FTP server only after login.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+FTPLOGIN=<ip>,<port>,<us
er>,<pwd>[,<ftpmode>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+FTPLOGIN: <result>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+FTP: Server Control Link
Disconnect<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +FTPLOGIN:<result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<ip> FTP server address
<port> Port ID of the FTP server, 21
<user> The user name to log in to the FTP server.
The length of the user name cannot exceed 100 ASCII codes and the user name
cannot contain comma (,).
<pwd> The password for the user account to log in to the FTP server.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 105
The length of the password cannot exceed 100 bytes in ASCII code and the
password cannot contain comma (,).
<result> ⚫ Error: The format of the AT command is incorrect
⚫ Have Logged In: The user has logged in to the FTP server.
⚫ AT Busy: Last FTP AT command has not been executed completely.
⚫ User logged in: The user logged in to the FTP server successfully.
⚫ 530 Not logged in: The user failed to log in to the FTP server because the
user account or password is incorrect.
⚫ GPRS DISCONNECTION: The user logged in to the FTP server before a PPP
link is set up.
Example
At+FTPLOGIN=219.134.179.52,21,user1,pwd2009
OK
+FTPLOGIN: User logged in
user1 logs in to the server 219.134.179.52
through port 21 successfully. And the password
for user1 is pwd2009.
AT+FTPLOGIN=58.60.184.213,21,neoway,neoway
OK
+FTPLOGIN: Error Connect Server Fail
Fails to log in to the FTP server using neoway
because the connection times out.
AT+FTPLOGIN=58.60.184.213,21,neowayftp,neowayftp
OK
+FTP:Server Control Link Disconnect
Fails to log in to the FTP server.
8.2 AT+FTPLOGOUT–Logging Out from the FTP Server
To log out from the FTP server
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+FTPLOGOUT<CR>
<CR><LF>+FTPLOGOUT: User logged out
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: INVALID SOCKET
ID<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 106
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A
Example
AT+FTPLOGOUT
+CME ERROR: INVALID SOCKET ID
OK
Log out from the FTP server
AT+FTPLOGOUT
+CME ERROR: INVALID SOCKET ID
ERROR
Log out of the FTP server because the FTP server is
offline.
8.3 AT+FTPGET–Downloading Data from the FTP Server
To download data from the FTP server
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+FTPGET=<dir&filename>,<type>,<
Content or Info>[,offset[,lenth]] <CR>
<CR><LF>+FTPGET: Error Not
Login<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPGET: Error Not
Login<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPGET: Error
TimeOut<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPGET:
<length>,<data><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPGET: OK.total length is
<n><CR><LF>
Or
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 107
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited
report +FTPSTATE: <result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<dir&filename> Path and name of the file to be read. The file directory is under the FTP root
directory.
<type> File transfer mode
1: ASCII
2: Binary
<Content or Info> File content or file (or specified directory) information
1: Obtain the file content
2: Obtain the information of the file or the specified path
<offset> Specifies offset of file content.
<length> Length of file downloaded from the start point, ranging from 1 to 8192
<length> Length of content obtained, byte
<content> Content obtained
<n> The module reads data successfully and the data length is n.
Example
AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,2
+FTPGET: 65,-rw-rw-rw- 1 user group
10 Jan 15 15:01 test.txt
+FTPGET: OK.total length is 65
+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect
Obtain the information about test.txt.
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,2,10
>
+FTPPUT: OK,10
Upload 10-byte data.
AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,1
+FTPGET: 10,0123456789
+FTPGET: OK.total length is 10
+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect
Obtain the information in test.txt.
AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,1,2
+FTPGET: 8,23456789
Read all data after the first byte.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 108
+FTPGET: OK.total length is 8
+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect
AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,1,2,4
+FTPGET: 4,2345
+FTPGET: OK.total length is 4
+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect
Read 4-byte data after the first byte.
8.4 AT+FTPPUT–Uploading Data to the FTP Server
To upload data to the FTP server.
Use +++ to exit from transparent transmission mode and end uploading
In transparent mode, it is recommended to use buffer mode or APPE mode for large files. Otherwise,
the port will be occupied all the time and this affects other commands.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+FTPPUT=<filename>,<type
>,<mode>[,<size>]<CR>
None-transparent <CR><LF>+FTPPUT:
OK,<size><CR><LF>
Transparent
<CR><LF>CONNECT
<CR><LF>+FTPPUT: OK,<size><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:Error Not Login<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:AT Busy<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:SIZE Error
(None-transparent))
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:OK,<n><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:Delete File OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 109
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<filename> The name of the file to be uploaded, the file directory under the FTP root directory
<type> File transfer mode
1: ASCII
2: Binary
<mode> Operation mode
1: STOR mode. Create a file on the FTP server and write the data to the file. If the
file exists, the original file is overwritten.
2: APPE mode. Create a file on the FTP server and write the data to the file. If the
file exists, the data is attached to the end of the file.
3: DELE mode. Delete a file.
<n> Data length.
Example
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,1,10
>1234567890
+FTPPUT: OK,10
Upload the text.txt file, which is 10 bytes. The file is
transferred in ASCII and the operated in STORE.
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,2,10
>1234567890
+FTPPUT: OK,10
Upload the text.txt file, which is 10 bytes. The file is
transferred in ASCII and the operated in APPE.
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,3,0
+FTPPUT: Delete File OK
Delete the test.txt file.
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,1
CONNECT
1234567890
+FTPPUT:OK,10
Transparent mode
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,2
CONNECT
1234567890
+FTPPUT:OK,10
Transparent mode
AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,3
+FTPPUT:Delete File OK
Transparent mode
AT+FTPSIZE=test_500.txt,100
ERROR
The command format is incorrect.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 8 FTP Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 110
8.5 AT+FTPSTATUS–Querying FTP Link Status
To query the FTP link status
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+FTPSTATUS<CR> <CR><LF>+FTPSTATUS: <status>,<ip>,
<port><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<status> 0: The FTP link has not been set up.
1: The FTP link has been set up.
<ip> The IP address of the FTP server
<port> The port of the FTP server
Example
AT+FTPSTATUS
+FTPSTATUS: 1,119.139.221.66,21
The module is successfully connected to the FTP server.
AT+FTPSTATUS
+FTPSTATUS: 0,0.0.0.0,21
Not logged in
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 111
9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
9.1 AT+HTTPPARA–Setting HTTP Parameters
To set HTTP parameters.
In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type
is IPv4 by default.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+HTTPPARA=<para>,<para_value>[,<ip_type>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<para> HTTP parameters, supporting the following two parameters:
url: Destination path
port: Destination port ID (no default value)
keepalive: set long-time connection
para_value=0 default
para_value=1 long-time connection
recvmode: receive mode
para_value=0 default mode, only one +HTTPRECV: header is included in one HTTP
response
para_value=1 data is displayed in format of +HTTPRECV: <length>,<data>
<para_value> Value of <para>. The value of url contains at most 2048 bytes and url supports domain
name translation.
<ip_type> Type of the destination IP address when <para> is url.
IPv4
IPv6
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 112
Example
AT+HTTPPARA =url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx
OK
Set the Neoway homepage as the URL. The URL
supports domain name translation.
AT+HTTPPARA=url,121.15.200.97/Service1.asmx/GetNote
OK
Set URL.
AT+HTTPPARA=url,
ERROR
The AT command is not complete.
AT+HTTPPARA=port,80
OK
Set the destination port ID to 80.
AT+HTTPPARA=port,8080
OK
Set the destination port ID to 8080.
9.2 AT+HTTPSETUP–Setting Up HTTP Connection
To set up an HTTP connection
The connection is set up successfully only after setting the destination address and port ID correctly.
Ensure that a network connection has been set up successfully before setting an HTTP connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSETUP<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+HTTPSETUP
OK
Set up an HTTP connection
Successful
AT+HTTPSETUP
+HTTPSETUP: FAIL
Set up an HTTP connection
DNS translation fails
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 113
9.3 AT+HTTPACTION – Executing HTTP Request
To execute an HTTP request
Comply with the HTTP protocol when defining packets.
Add a carriage return to the end of the packets if the HTTP request is set to custom packet mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
⚫ AT+HTTPACTION=<mode
>[,<length>[,<type>]]<CR>
⚫ AT+HTTPACTION=<mode
>[,<offset>,<size>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>><post_content><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+HTTPACTION:SOCKET ID OPEN
FAILED<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+HTTPSEND: ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<mode> HTTP request mode, available value can be 0, 1, 2, 99
0: GET
1: HEAD
2: POST
99: OPEN_MODE, custom packet mode
<length> POST content length or custom packet length; mandatory when <mode> is set to
POST or OPEN_MODE, 2048 at most.
<type> data type of POST request
0: x-www-form-url encoded
1: text
2: json
3: xml
4: html
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 114
<offset> Offset in GET mode
<size> Size of file to be downloaded in GET mode
<post_content> Content sent through HTTPPOST
Example
AT+HTTPPARA=url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx
OK
AT+HTTPSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPACTION=0
OK
+HTTPRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Cache-Control: private
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5
Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=rh3fjg554ufzb145aevgzz45; path=/; HttpOnly
X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727
X-Powered-By: ASP.NET
X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7
Date: Wed, 02 Mar 2016 06:52:35 GMT
Connection: close
Content-Length: 13842
/*neoway homepage, html format, 13842 bytes*/
……..
/* neoway homepage*/
+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed
Set the destination path.
Set up an HTTP connection.
GET request
Receive the response from
the HTTP server.
The server finishes the
response and disconnects
the connection.
AT+HTTPPARA =url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx
OK
AT+HTTPSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPACTION=1
OK
+HTTPRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Cache-Control: private
Content-Length: 13842
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5
Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=znt4fqabqsuclz55pvfufn55; path=/; HttpOnly
X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727
X-Powered-By: ASP.NET
X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7
Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 03:32:35 GMT
Set the destination path.
Set up an HTTP connection
HEAD request
The HTTP server responds.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 115
Connection: close
+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed
AT+HTTPPARA=url,121.15.200.97/Service1.asmx/GetNote
OK
AT+HTTPPARA=port,8080
OK
AT+HTTPSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPACTION=2,23
>MAC=NEOWAY&DATA=0123456
OK
+HTTPRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Cache-Control: private, max-age=0
Content-Type: text/xml; charset=utf-8
Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5
X-AspNet-Version: 4.0.30319
X-Powered-By: ASP.NET
Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 03:41:52 GMT
Connection: close
Content-Length: 98
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<string xmlns="http://wsliu.cn/">NEOWAY+0123456
</string>
+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed
Set destination path
Set the destination port
ID as 8080.
Set up an HTTP connection
POST request.
Send 23 bytes; enter the
contents to be uploaded
after > is displayed.
Receive the response from
the HTTP server.
The server replies an XML
file containing the
uploaded content NEOWAY
and 0123456.
The server disconnected
with the module after it
finished responding.
AT+HTTPPARA=url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx
OK
AT+HTTPSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPACTION=99,76
>HEAD /en/index.aspx HTTP/1.1
connection: close
HOST: www.neoway.com.cn
OK
+HTTPRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Cache-Control: private
Content-Length: 13842
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5
Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=pvlaai3fizxg44eyvyqsyenk; path=/; HttpOnly
X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727
Set destination path
The HTTP connection is set
up through port 80.
Send 76-byte user-defined
packets
Receive the response from
the HTTP server.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 116
X-Powered-By: ASP.NET
X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7
Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 05:40:24 GMT
Connection: close
+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed
The server disconnects
with the module after it
finishes responding.
AT+HTTPACTION=0
+HTTPACTION: SOCKET ID OPEN FAILED
PPP is not enabled or SOC
connection encountered an
error.
AT+HTTPACTION=0
+HTTPSETUP: ERROR Failed to send data.
AT+HTTPACTION=2,adasd
ERROR Other errors
9.4 AT+HTTPCLOSE–Closing an HTTP Socket
To close an HTTP socket
After the +HTTPCLOSE command is sent, the HTTP socket is closed and the setting of +HTTPPARA
is cleared.
Only OK is returned after running this command if the HTTP socket is not connecting.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPCLOSE<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +HTTPCLOSE: <result>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.
Parameter
<result> HTTP Link Closed: HTTP link is closed
ERROR: Fails to close the link
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 117
Example
AT+HTTPCLOSE
OK
+HTTPCLOSE: HTTP Link Closed
Close the HTTP socket.
Unsolicited report after socket is closed successfully.
AT+HTTPCLOSE
OK
The HTTP socket is not connecting; only OK is returned
9.5 +HTTPRECV–Unsolicited HTTP Data Output
Unsolicited HTTP data output
When the module receives HTTP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report ⚫ +HTTPRECV: <datas>
⚫ +HTTPRECV: <length>,<datas>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<length> <length>
<data> Data received through the HTTP socket
Example
+HTTPRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Cache-Control: private
Content-Length: 13842
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5
Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=pvlaai3fizxg44eyvyqsyenk; path=/;
HttpOnly
X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727
X-Powered-By: ASP.NET
Report the data received from
the HTTP connection.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 118
X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7
Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 05:40:24 GMT
Connection: close
+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed
+HTTPRECV: 803,HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content
Cache-Control: no-cache
Connection: Keep-Alive
Content-Length: 10
Content-Range: bytes 0-9/14615
Content-Type: text/html
Date: Tue, 10 Jul 2018 00:55:30 GMT
Etag: "5b3c3650-3917"
Last-Modified: Wed, 04 Jul 2018 02:52:00 GMT
P3p: CP=" OTI DSP COR IVA OUR IND COM "
Pragma: no-cache
Server: BWS/1.1
Set-Cookie: BAIDUID=F18E6894A34321D8CF9AAF28C14FACC9:FG=1;
expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/;
domain=.baidu.com
Set-Cookie: BIDUPSID=F18E6894A34321D8CF9AAF28C14FACC9;
expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/;
domain=.baidu.com
Set-Cookie: PSTM=1531184130; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT;
max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com
Vary: Accept-Encoding
X-Ua-Compatible: IE=Edge,chrome=1
<!DOCTYPE
Data format when RECVMODE is
set to 1
9.6 +HTTPCLOSED–HTTP Socket Closed
Unsolicited report of the HTTP socket closing
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+HTTPCLOSE: Link Closed<CR><LF>
Timeout
N/A
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 119
Parameter
N/A
Example
+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed Unsolicited report of the HTTP socket closing
9.7 AT+HTTPSCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for
HTTPS
To configure SSL parameters for HTTPS.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSCFG=<type>,<type_n
ame><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+HTTPSCFGA?<CR> <CR><LF>+HTTPSCFG: <type>,<type_name>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+HTTPSCFGA=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+HTTPSCFG:
<sslversion>,<authmode>,<cacert>,<clientcert>,<
clientkey>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<type> SSL options
sslversion: SSL version
authmode: authentication mode
ciphersuite: Cipher suite
cacert: CA certificate
clientcert: Client certificate
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 120
clientkey: Client key
<type_name> setting of SSL
sslversion:
0: SSL3.0
1: TLS1.0
2: TLS1.1
3: TLS1.2
Authmode:
0: No authentication
1: Manage server authentication
2: Manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server
Cacert: string type, CA certificate
Clientcert: string type, client certificate
Clientkey: string type, client key
If authmode is set to 0, you do not have to set cacert, clientcert, or clientkey..
Example
AT+ HTTPSCFG =”sslversion”,0
OK Set SSL version to ssl3.0.
AT+ HTTPSCFG =”authmode”,0
OK Set no authentication.
AT+ HTTPSCFG?
+HTTPSCFG: 0,1,,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem
OK
Query current SSL settings.
AT+ HTTPSCFG =?
+ HTTPSCFG: <type>,<type_name>
OK
Query the value range of parameters.
9.8 AT+HTTPSPARA–Setting HTTPS Parameters
To set HTTPS parameters.
Set new HTTPS parameters for new HTTPS requests.
After the +HTTPSCLOSE command is sent, the connection is closed and parameter settings will be
cleared.
In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type
is IPv4 by default.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 121
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSPARA=<para>,<para_
value>[,<ip_type>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<para> HTTPS parameters, supporting the following two parameters:
url: Destination path
port: Destination port ID
keepalive: set long-time connection
recvmode: receive mode
para_value=0 default mode, only one +HTTPRECV: header is included in one
HTTP response
para_value=1 data is displayed in format of +HTTPRECV: <length>,<data>
<para_value> The value of <para>. The value of url contains at most 512 bytes and url
supports domain name translation.
<ip_type>: Type of the destination IP address when <para> is url.
IPv4
IPv6
Example
AT+HTTPSPARA=url,www.alipay.com/index.html
OK
Set the alipay homepage as the URL. The URL
supports domain name translation.
AT+HTTPSPARA=url,support.cdmatech.com/index.html
OK
Set URL.
AT+HTTPSPARA=url,www.taobao.com,IPV6
OK
Set the destination path to the IPv6 domain name of Taobao.
AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443
OK
Set the destination port ID to 443.
9.9 AT+HTTPSSETUP–Setting up HTTPS Connection
To set up an HTTPS connection.
The connection is set up successfully only after setting the destination address and port ID correctly.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 122
Ensure that PPP dialing is successful before an HTTPS connection is set up.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSSETUP<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+HTTPSSETUP
OK
Set up an HTTPS connection
Successful
AT+HTTPSSETUP
ERROR
Set up an HTTPS connection
Failed.
9.10 AT+HTTPSACTION–Executing HTTPS Request
To execute an HTTPS request.
Comply with the HTTP protocol when defining packets.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
⚫ AT+HTTPSACTION=<mode>[,<length>[,<t
ype>]<CR>
⚫ AT+HTTPSACTION=<mode>[,<offset>,<si
ze>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 123
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<mode> HTTPS request mode, available value can be 0, 1, 2, 99
0: GET
1: HEAD
2: POST
99: OPEN_MODE, custom packet mode
<length> POST content length, ranging from 1 to 2048; or custom packet length when
<mode> is set to POST or OPEN_MODE
<type> data type of POST request
0: x-www-form-urlencoded
1: text
2: json
3: xml
4: html
<offset> specifies the start of file to be downloaded in GET mode
<size> specifies download size for file download in GET mode
Example
AT+HTTPSPARA=url,support.cdmatech.com/login/
OK
AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443
OK
AT+HTTPSSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPSACTION=0
OK
+HTTPSRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Server: QUALCOMM
X-Powered-By: Servlet/2.5 JSP/2.1
Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1
Date: Sat, 15 Feb 2014 05:58:54 GMT
Content-Length: 7630
Connection: close
Set-Cookie:
JSESSIONID=8V1dS1CpzlPcyNl2LzJZLQgDxWclpMJzP3FHZhVhpGb8
3GVM02sn!1955538012; path=/; HttpOnly
/*homepage, html format*/
……..
/*homepage*/
Set the destination path.
Set the destination port.
Set up an HTTPS connection.
GET request.
Receive the request from the HTTPS
server.
The server responded and then
disconnected the connection.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 124
+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed
AT+HTTPSPARA=url,support.cdmatech.com/login/
OK
AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443
OK
AT+HTTPSSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPSACTION=1
OK
+HTTPSRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Server: QUALCOMM
X-Powered-By: Servlet/2.5 JSP/2.1
Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1
Date: Sat, 15 Feb 2014 06:05:39 GMT
Content-Length: 0
Connection: close
Set-Cookie:
JSESSIONID=qyNVS1DSmnjS9cvh72yW1xz1jtjBBRj0yv0zTmMy2LVy
BG7HK02b!1955538012; path=/; HttpOnly
+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed
Set the destination path.
Set the destination port.
Set up an HTTPS connection.
HEAD request
The HTTPS server responds.
AT+HTTPSPARA=url,mybank.icbc.com.cn/icbc/perbank/index.
jsp
OK
AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443
OK
AT+HTTPSSETUP
OK
AT+HTTPSACTION=99,500
>POST /icbc/perbank/index.jsp HTTP/1.1<CRLF> /*custom
header*/
Connection: close<CRLF> /* custom header */
Host: mybank.icbc.com.cn<CRLF> /* custom header */
Content-Length: 10<CRLF> /* custom header */
Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded<CRLF> /*
custom header */
<CRLF><CRLF>
/*data to be sent*/
……
+HTTPSRECV:
/*homepage, html format*/
……..
/*homepage*/
+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed
Set the destination path.
Set the port.
Set up an HTTPS connection.
Send 69-byte custom packets.
The HTTPS server responded.
The server closed the link after
responding.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 125
9.11 AT+HTTPSCLOSE–Closing HTTPS Socket
To close an HTTPS socket.
After the +HTTPSCLOSE command is sent, the HTTPS socket is closed and the setting of
+HTTPPARA is cleared.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSCLOSE<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+HTTPSCLOSE
OK
+HTTPSCLOSE: HTTPS Link Closed
Close the HTTPS socket.
9.12 AT+HTTPSRECV–Unsolicited HTTPS Data Output
Unsolicited HTTPS data output
When the module receives HTTPS data from the client, the UART prints the data automatically.
Format
Type Command
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 126
Unsolicited report ⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRECV: <CR><LF><datas>
⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRECV: <length>,<datas>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<datas> Data received through the HTTPS connection.
Example
+HTTPSRECV:
HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Cache-Control: private
Content-Length: 13842
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5
Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=pvlaai3fizxg44eyvyqsyenk; path=/;
HttpOnly
X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727
X-Powered-By: ASP.NET
X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7
Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 05:40:24 GMT
Connection: close
+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed
Report the data received
from the HTTPS connection.
+HTTPSRECV: 832,HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content
Server: Tengine/2.1.0
Date: Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:09:25 GMT
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8
Content-Length: 10
Connection: keep-alive
x-server-id: 40-5005
request-id: 0bea4b2215311849654971530e6674
Accept-Ranges: bytes
set-cookie: ctoken=MBHI38pHhdL6q0ltGFqjkviz; path=/;
domain=.alipay.com; secure
set-cookie:
ALIPAYJSESSIONID=jMi6e4Q2JmIN8HRk68wm53KXisfnB5H0homeproxy; path=/;
domain=.alipay.com
x-frame-options: SAMEORIGIN
x-xss-protection: 1; mode=block
x-content-type-options: nosniff
x-download-options: noopen
Data format when RECVMODE is
set to 1
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 127
strict-transport-security: max-age=31536000
Content-Range: bytes 0-9/21651
x-readtime: 2
Set-Cookie: ssl_upgrade=0;path=/;secure;
Set-Cookie:
spanner=aGuTtGMbvBcOy1dCyZ/e4JI97JSiPcR1Xt2T4qEYgj0=;path=/;secure;
Via: spanner-internet-g2-35.em14[206]
9.13 +HTTPSCLOSED–HTTPS Link Closed Report
Unsolicited report that an HTTPS link is closed.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed Unsolicited report that the HTTPS link is closed.
9.14 AT+HTTPOPEN–Setting up HTTP Connection
To set up an HTTP connection.
Ensure that a network connection has been set up successfully before setting an HTTP connection.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 128
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPOPEN=<id>,<url>,<port>[,<
keepalive>[,<recvmode>]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4
<url> destination path
<port> The port of the server.
<keepalive> Set the long connection.
1: long connection
0: short connection (default)
<recvmode> receive mode
1: print received data directly
0: buffer received data and MCU sends AT+HTTPREAD to read the data (default)
Example
AT+HTTPOPEN=1,58.60.184.213/index.html,12002,1,1
+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK
Set up an HTTP connection.
Successful
AT+HTTPOPEN=1,58.60.184.21/index.html,12002,1,1
+HTTPOPEN: 1,FAIL
Set up an HTTPS connection.
Failed
9.15 AT+HTTPREQ–HTTP Request
To execute HTTP request.
Customized packets must comply with the HTTP protocol.
Add a carriage return to the end of the packets if the HTTP request is set to custom packet mode.
Format
Type Command Response
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 129
Execute
⚫ AT+HTTPREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<length>[
,<type>]]<CR>
⚫ AT+HTTPREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<offset>,
<size>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.
<mode> HTTPS request mode
0: GET
1: HEAD
2: POST
99: OPEN_MODE. You can customize the packet mode.
<length> the length of POST content or custom packets. You must set it if you set.
<type> POST request data type.
0: x-www-form-urlencoded
1: text
2: json
3: xml
4: html
<offset> Offset, specifies where file data starts.
<size> Length of file downloaded from the start point in GET mode.
Example
AT+HTTPOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,80,1
+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK
AT+HTTPREQ=1,1
+HTTPREQ: 1,OK
+HTTPRSP: 1
+HTTPCLS: 1,Link Closed
To set up an HTTP connection.
HEAD request.
Receive the response from the HTTP server.
HTTP socket is closed.
9.16 AT+HTTPCLS–Closing HTTP Connection
To close an HTTP connection.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 130
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPCLS=<id><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+HTTPCLS=1
+HTTPCLS: 1,OK Close the HTTPconnection.
9.17 AT+HTTPRSP–Receiving HTTP Data
Unsolicited report of data HTTP socket receives.
Data report mode is determined by the setting of <recvmode> in AT+HTTSOPEN.
⚫ Report ID only when recvmode is set to 0 and data is read by AT+HTTPREAD.
⚫ Report data received directly when recvmode is set to 1.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited
report
⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPRSP: <id><CR><LF>
⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPRSP: <id>,<length>,<datas><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 131
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4
<length> Data length.
<datas> data HTTP socket receives.
Example
AT+HTTPOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,80,1
+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK
AT+HTTPREQ=1,1
+HTTPREQ: 1,OK
+HTTPRSP: 1
Unsolicited report of data HTTP socket receives.
9.18 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTP Data
To read HTTP data.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPREAD=<id>,<length>,<read_h
ead><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.
<length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.
<read_head> specifies whether to read HTTP header
0: skip header
1: read heard (default)
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 132
Example
AT+HTTPOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,80,1
+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK
AT+HTTPREQ=1,1
+HTTPREQ: 1,OK
+HTTPRSP: 1
AT+HTTPREAD=1,4096
+HTTPREAD: 1,176,HTTP/1.1 302 Found
Connection: Keep-Alive
Content-Length: 17931
Content-Type: text/html
Date: Thu, 30 Aug 2018 01:19:30 GMT
Etag: "54d9748e-460b"
Server: bfe/1.0.8.18
OK
9.19 +HTTPCLS–HTTP Connection Closed
To close an HTTP connection.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+HTTPCLS: <id>,Link Closed<CR><LF>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<id> Socket ID.
Example
+HTTPCLS: 1,Link Closed Unsolicited report that the HTTP connection is closed.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 133
9.20 AT+HTTPSCFGA–Configuring HTTPS Parameters
To configure SSL parameters for HTTPS.
Certificates can be set only after imported by AT+CERTADD.
Certificates can be left empty.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+HTTPSCFGA=<sslversion>,<authmode
>,<cacert>,<clientcert>,<clientkey><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+HTTPSCFGA?<CR>
<CR><LF>+HTTPSCFGA:
<sslversion>,<authmode>,<cacert>,<clie
ntcert>,<clientkey>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<sslversion> SSL protocol version
0: SSL3.0
1: TLS1.0
2: TLS1.1
3: TLS1.2
<authmode> authentication mode
0: no authentication
1: manage server authentication
2: manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server
<cacert> CA certificate
<clientcert> client certificate
<clientkey> client key
Example
AT+HTTPSCFGA=3,1,"ca.pem","","" Set SSL to TLS1.2
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 134
OK Server authentication
Set CA certificate to ca.pem
Other certificates are left empty
AT+HTTPSCFGA?
+HTTPSCFGA: 0,1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem
OK
Query the current settings of SSL.
9.21 AT+HTTPSOPEN–Setting up HTTPS Connection
To set up an HTTP connection.
Ensure that a network connection has been set up successfully before setting an HTTPS connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSOPEN=<id>,<url>,<port>[,<keepalive
>[,<recvmode>]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.
<url> destination path, it can be omitted if the url contains a port number.
<port> The port of the server.
<keepalive> Set the long connection.
1: long connection
0: short connection (default)
<recvmode> receive mode
1: print received data directly
0: buffer received data and MCU sends AT+HTTPSREAD to read the data
(default)
Example
AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,58.60.184.213/index.html,12002,1,1
+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK
Set up an HTTPS connection.
Successful
AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,58.60.184.21/index.html,12002,1,1 Set up an HTTPS connection.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 135
+HTTPSSOPEN: 1,FAIL Failed
9.22 AT+HTTPSREQ–HTTPS Request
To execute HTTPS request.
Customized packets must comply with the HTTPS protocol.
Add a carriage return to the end of the packets if the HTTPS request is set to custom packet mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Execu
te
⚫ AT+HTTPSREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<length>[,
<type>]]<CR>
⚫ AT+HTTPSREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<offset>,<
size>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.
<mode> HTTPS request mode
0: GET
1: HEAD
2: POST
99: OPEN_MODE. You can customize the packet mode.
<length> the length of POST content or custom packets. You must set it if you set.
<type> POST request data type.
0: x-www-form-urlencoded
1: text
2: json
3: xml
4: html
<offset> Offset, specifies where file data starts.
<size> Length of file downloaded from the start point in GET mode.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 136
Example
AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,443,1
+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK
AT+HTTPSREQ=1,1
+HTTPSREQ: 1,OK
+HTTPSRSP: 1
+HTTPSCLS: 1,Link Closed
Set up an HTTPS connection.
HEAD request.
Receive the response from the HTTPS server.
The HTTPS connection is closed.
9.23 AT+HTTPSCLS–Closing HTTPS Connection
To close an HTTPS connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+HTTPSCLS=<id><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+HTTPSCLS=1
+HTTPSCLS: 1,OK Close an HTTPS connection.
9.24 +HTTPSRSP–Receiving HTTPS Data
Unsolicited report of data HTTPS socket receives.
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 137
Data report mode is determined by the setting of <recvmode> in AT+HTTPSOPEN.
⚫ Report ID only when recvmode is set to 0 and data is read by AT+HTTPSREAD.
⚫ Report data received directly when recvmode is set to 1.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited
report
⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRSP: <id><CR><LF>
⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRSP: <id>,<length>,<datas><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4
<length> Data length.
data HTTP
socket
receives
data HTTP socket receives.
Example
AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,443,1
+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK
AT+HTTPSREQ=1,1
+HTTPSREQ: 1,OK
+HTTPSRSP: 1
Unsolicited report of data HTTPS socket receives.
9.25 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTPS Data
To read HTTPS data.
Format
Type Command Response
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 138
Execute AT+HTTPSREAD=<id>,<length>,<read_hea
d><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.
<length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.
<read_head> specifies whether to read HTTP header
0: skip header
1: read heard (default)
Example
AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,www.alypay.com/,443,1
+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK
AT+HTTPSREQ=1,1
+HTTPSREQ: 1,OK
+HTTPSRSP: 1
AT+HTTPSREAD=1,4096
+HTTPSREAD: 1,169,HTTP/1.1 403 Forbidden
Server: nginx/1.12.1
Date: Thu, 30 Aug 2018 01:17:47 GMT
Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf8
Content-Length: 169
Connection: keep-alive
OK
9.26 AT+HTTPSCLS–HTTPS Connection Closed
To close an HTTP connection.
Format
Type Command
N75AT Commands Manual
Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 139
Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+HTTPSCLS: <id>,Link Closed<CR><LF>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
+HTTPSCLS: 1,Link Closed Unsolicited report that the HTTPS connection is closed.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 140
10 Call Control Commands
10.1 ATD–Dialing Command
To initialize a data, fax, or voice link. For a voice link, the dialing string consists of numbers and
modifiers and must end with a semicolon.
There are two types of calls: voice call, data and fax call. Semicolon is required for voice calls and not
required for data or fax calls.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
⚫ ATD<dial string>[;]<CR>
⚫ ATD><n>;<CR>
⚫ ATD>"name";<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF><result><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.
Parameter
<dial string> Phone number.
<n> The location of phone number.
name name in current phonebook.
Example
ATD10010;
OK
CONNECT
Make a call.
The callee answers.
ATD>4;
OK
CONNECT
ATH
Dial up the number listed as 4 in the phonebook.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 141
OK
ATD>"Comneon";
OK
CONNECT
NO CARRIER
Dial up the number according to the name in the
phonebook.
The callee answers and then ends the call.
10.2 AT+CDV–Dialing Command (EVDO/CDMA)
To initialize a voice call on a CDMA network.
This command is used on CDMA networks only.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CDV<dial string>[;]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>BUSY<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>CONNECT<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>NO CARRIER<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<dial string> Phone number
Example
AT+CDV 10010;
OK
NO CARRIER
Dial a number
Hung up
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 142
10.3 ATA–Call Answering
To answer the call and establish a call connection
The return codes containing RING or +CRING indicate an incoming call.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ATA<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
If the callee hangs up during a call, the command
returns:
<CR><LF>BUSY<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
ATA
OK Answer a call (voice)
10.4 ATH–Hanging Up Calls
To hang up all calls.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ATH<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 143
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
ATH
OK
End the call connection.
ATH
OK
Refuse the incoming call. Hang up the call.
10.5 AT+CHV–Hanging Up Call (EVDO/CDMA)
To hang up a voice call on a CDMA network.
This command is used on CDMA networks only.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CHV[value]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>NO CARRIER<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
[value] 0: hang up (default)
1 to 255: reserved.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 144
Example
AT+CHV
OK
NO CARRIER
Hang up a call
10.6 AT+CLIP–Caller ID
To enable or disable caller ID.
The caller ID function is enabled by default.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CLIP=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CLIP?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLIP: <n>,<m><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CLIP=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLIP: (value range of <n>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+CLIP: <phone number>,<tosca>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: disable caller ID (default value)
1: enable caller ID
<m> 0: CLIP not provisioned
1: CLIP provisioned
2: unknown (no connection, etc.)
Example
AT+CLIP=1 Enable the caller ID function.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 145
OK
RING
+CLIP: "136********",161,"",0,"",0
An incoming call from 136********.
AT+CLIP?
+CLIP: 1,1
OK
Query the setting of the caller ID.
AT+CLIP=?
+CLIP: (0-1)
OK
Query the value range of caller ID function.
10.7 ATS0–Auto-Answer
To control the auto-answer mode of the module.
If ATS0=0, the auto-answer function is not enabled; otherwise, the module will automatically answer
the call after ringing for certain times.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ATS0=<value><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query ATS0?<CR> <CR><LF><value>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<value> Integers, ranging from 0 to 255. The default value is 000.
Example
ATS0=1
OK
Set the auto-answer for one ring.
ATS0? Query the status of the auto-answer function.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 146
001
OK
10.8 AT+CLVL–Setting the Voice Volume
To set the level of the voice volume, which is valid before a call or during a call.
This command is used to set the volume level of the current voice output channel, which can be
receiver, earphone, or speaker.
The setting by this command are not saved after the module is powered off.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CLVL=<level><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CLVL?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLVL: <level>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CLVL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLVL: (range of <level> value)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<level> Integers, ranging from 0 to 6. The default value is 3.
Example
AT+CLVL=4
OK
Set the level of the voice volume to 4.
AT+CLVL?
+CLVL: 4
OK
Query the level of voice volume of the module.
AT+CLVL=? Query the valid voice volume level for the module.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 147
+CLVL: (0-6)
OK
10.9 AT+CMUT–Mute Control
To set mute control of the voice calls.
This command is valid only during a call. ERROR will be returned in any other situations.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CMUT=<n>[,<m>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+CMUT?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMUT: <n>,<m>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+CMUT=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMUT: (value range of <n>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: Mute off output (default value)
1: Mute on output
Example
AT+CMUT=0,0
OK
Disable the mute mode.
AT+CMUT=1,1
ERROR
Enable mute control before a call.
AT+CMUT?
+CMUT: 0,0
OK
Query whether the mute mode is enabled.
AT+CMUT=? Query the value range of mute mode function.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 148
+CMUT: (0-1), (0-1)
OK
10.10 AT+MICL–MIC Volume Control
To set the level of the MIC volume in a call, which is valid during a call.
The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MICL=<level><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+MICL?<CR> <CR><LF>+MICL: <level><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+MICL=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MICL:(value range of supported
<level>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<level> integers, ranging from 0 to 6, the default value is 3.
Example
AT+MICL=3
OK Set the level of the MIC volume to 3.
AT+MICL?
+MICL: 3
OK
Query the current level of the MIC volume.
AT+MICL=?
+MICL: (0-6)
OK
Query the value range of MIC volume.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 149
10.11 AT+AUDIN–Switching Audio Input Channel
To switch the audio input channel before and in a call.
The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AUDIN=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+AUDIN?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDIN: <n>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+AUDIN=?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDIN: (value range of supported <n>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> integer, ranging from 0 to 1.
0: set to MIC0 input
1: set to MIC1 input (default)
Example
AT+AUDIN=0
OK Set the audio input channel to MIC0.
AT+AUDIN?
+AUDIN: 0
OK
Query the current audio input channel.
AT+AUDIN=?
+AUDIN: (0-1)
OK
Query the range of the command parameter.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 150
10.12 AT+AUDOUT–Switching Audio Output Channel
To switch the audio output channel before and in a call.
The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AUDOUT=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+AUDOUT?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDOUT:<n>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+AUDOUT=?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDOUT:(value range of supported <n>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> integer, ranging from 1 to 2.
1: set to loud speaker output (default)
2: set to earphone output
Example
AT+AUDOUT=2
OK Set to earphone output.
AT+AUDOUT?
+AUDOUT: 2
OK
Query the current audio output channel
AT+AUDOUT=?
+AUDOUT: (1-2)
OK
Query the range of the command parameter.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 151
10.13 AT+CLCC–Querying Current Calls
To query current calls and their status.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CLCC<CR>
<CR><LF>[+CLCC:
<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,[<number>,<type>,[<alpha>]]]
[<CR><LF>+CLCC:
<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,[<number>,<type>,[<alpha>]]]
[...]]]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<idx> Caller ID descripted in section 4.5.5.1 of 3GPP TS 22.030 [19], integer, this digit
can be used in the +CHLD command.
<dir> 0: Mobile originated calls
1: Mobile terminated calls
<stat> Call status
0: active
1: held
2: dialing
3: alerting
4: incoming
5: waiting
<mode> Call types
0: voice
1: data
2: fax
<mpty> Multiparty calls
0: Non-multiparty calls
1: Multiparty calls
<number> phone number
<type> Number type, refer to section 10.5.4.7 in TS 24.008 [8]
145 international numbering schemes (contains the character "+")
129 national numbering schemes
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 152
<alpha> Number type, refer to section 10.5.4.7 in TS 24.008 [8]
145 international numbering schemes (contains the character "+")
129 national numbering schemes
Example
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,"13596722590",129
OK
Incoming call
AT+CLCC
+CLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,"13596722590",129
OK
Initiate a call
10.14 AT+REMAUDIO– Setting Remote Audio Playing
To set remote audio playing.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+REMAUDIO=<onoff><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SETVOLTE? <CR><LF>+SETVOLTE: <onoff>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<onoff> 0: disable remote audio playing (default)
1: enable remote audio playing
After remote audio playing is enabled, TTS and audio played on local can be
played to the other party during a call.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 10 Call Control Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 153
Example
AT+REMAUDIO =0
OK
Disable remote audio playing.
AT+REMAUDIO =1
OK
Enable remote audio playing.
AT+REMAUDIO?
+SETVOLTE: 1
OK
Query whether remote audio is enabled.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 154
11 SSL TCP Data Service
11.1 AT+SSLTCPCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for
TCP
To configure SSL parameters for TCP data service.
If the authmode is set to 0, you do not have to set other parameters, such as cacert, clientcert, and
clientkey.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SSLTCPCFG=<type>,<
type_name><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SSLTCPCFG?<CR>
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCFG:<sslversiontype_name>,<a
uthmodetype_name>,<ciphersuitetype_name>,<cacer
ttype_name>,<clientcerttype_name>,<clientkeytype_n
ame>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+SSLTCPCFG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+SSLTCPCFG: <type>,<type_name>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<type> SSL parameter options.
sslversion: SSL protocol version
authmode: authorization mode
ciphersuite: Cupher cuite
cacert: CA certificate
clientcert: Client certificate
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 155
clientkey: Client key
<type_name> parameter settings for SSL
sslversion
0: SSL3.0
1: TLS1.0
2: TLS1.1
3: TLS1.2
authmode
0: No authentication
1: Manage server authentication
2: Manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server
Cacert: string, CA certificate
Clientcert: string, client certificate
Clientkey: string, client key
Example
AT+SSLTCPCFG=”sslversion”,0
OK
Set SSL version to SSL3.0.
AT+SSLTCPCFG=”authmode”,0
OK
Set authmode to no authentication.
AT+SSLTCPCFG?
+SSLTCPCFG: 0,1,,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem
OK
Query the current SSL settings.
AT+SSLTCPCFG=?
+SSLTCPCFG: <type>,<type_name>
OK
Query the value range of the parameters.
11.2 AT+SSLTCPSETUP–Setting up TCP Connection
over SSL
To set up a TCP connection over SSL.
Activate PPP and apply one IP address before setting up a TCP connection over SSL.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SSLTCPSETUP=<n>,
<ip>,<port>,<mode><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: <n>,<status>
Or
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 156
<CR><LF>CONNECT
Or
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: ERROR
Or
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: GPRS DISCONNECTION
Query AT+SSLTCPSETUP?
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: <socket_id>,<ip>,
<port>,<mode>
[<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: <socket_id>,<ip>,
<port>,<mode>]…
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+SSLTCPSETUP=? <CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP:(value range of supported
<socket_id>),<ip>,<port>,<mode><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5, used to identify the connection to the server
<ip> IP address or domain name of the server
<port> server port
<mode> transmission mode
0: non-transparent
1: transparent
<status> OK
ERROR1
AUTHFAIL
FAIL
Example
AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,183,239.240,45,4451,0
OK
+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,OK
Set up a non-transparent connection to
183.239.240.45 on socket 0. The port number is
4451.
AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,183,239.240,45,4451,1
CONNECT
Set up a transparent connection to 183.239.240.45
on socket 0. The port number is 4451.
AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0, www.alipay.com,443,0
OK
+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,FAIL
Set up a non-transparent connection to
www.alipay.com on socket 0. The port number is 443.
Fails because of timeout.
AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0, www.alipay.com,443,0
OK
Set up a non-transparent connection to
www.alipay.com on socket 0. The port number is 443.
Fails to authenticate.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 157
+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,AUTHFAIL
AT+SSLTCPSETUP?
+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,183.239.240.45,4451,0
+SSLTCPSETUP: 1,183.239.240.45,4452,0
OK
Query the connection status.
A transparent TCP connection has been set up on
socket 0 and socket 1.
AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,183,239.240,45,4451,0
OK
+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,ERROR1
A connection has been set up on socket 0
11.3 AT+SSLTCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection over
SSL
To close a TCP connection over SSL.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SSLTCPCLOSE=<
socket_id>
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCLOSE: <socket_id>,<result>
Or
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCLOSE: ERROR<CR><LF>
Unsolicited report +SSLTCPCLOSE: <socket_id>,Link Closed
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<socket_id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.
Example
AT+SSLTCPCLOSE=0
+SSLTCPCLOSE: 0,OK
Close the TCP connection on socket 0.
AT+SSLTCPCLOSE=0
+SSLTCPCLOSE: ERROR Socket ID is incorrect.
+SSLTCPCLOSE: 0,Link Closed The connection on socket 0 is closed.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 158
11.4 AT+SSLTCPSEND–Sending TCP Data over SSL
To send TCP data over SSL.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SSLTCPSEND=<soc
ket_id>,<data_length>
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND: <socket_id>,OK
Or
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND: Data length error<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND: <socket_id>,FAIL<CR><LF>
Test AT+SSLTCPSEND=? <CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND:(value range of<n>),(value range
of<data_length>)<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<socket_id> ranging from 0 to 5, used to identify the connection to the server.
<data_length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.
Example
AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,0,20
>
+SSLTCPSEND: 0,OK
Send 20-byte data to the server over socket 0.
AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,1024
>
+SSLTCPSEND: 0,FAIL
Send 1024-byte data to the server over socket 0.
Failed because buffer is full.
AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,4097
+SSLTCPSEND: Data length error
Send 4097-byte data to the server.
Failed because the data length exceeds the
threshold.
AT+SSLTCPSEND=?
+SSLTCPSEND: (0-5),(1-4096)
OK
Query the value range of the parameters.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 159
11.5 +SSLTCPRECV–Unsolicited SSLTCP Data Output
Unsolicited SSLTCP data output.
When the module receives SSLTCP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +SSLTCPRECV: <socket_id>,<data_length>,<data><CR><LF>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<socket_id> ranging from 0 to 5, used to identify the connection to the server
<data_length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.
<data> data received
Example
+SSLTCPRECV: 0,20,1234567890abcdefghjk Received 20-byte data over socket 0
11.6 AT+CERTADD–Writing SSL Certificate
To write an SSL certificate to the module.
The writing process can be interrupted by +++.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CERTADD=<file_name>,<length><CR>
<CR><LF>CONNECT<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CERTADD:
<length>,OK<CR><LF>
Or
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 160
<CR><LF>+CERTADD: ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<filen_ame> Certificate file name
<length> file length
Example
AT+CERTADD=ca_cert.pem,1428
CONNECT
+CERTADD: 1428,OK
Add the alipay.crt certificate of 1428 bytes to the module.
AT+CERTADD=clent_cert.pem,1938
CONNECT
+CERTADD: 1938,OK
Add the alipay.crt certificate of 1938 bytes to the module.
AT+CERTADD=client_key.pem,1097
CONNECT
+CERTADD: 1097,OK
Add the alipay.crt certificate of 1907 bytes to the module.
11.7 AT+CERTCHECK–Checking SSL Certificate
To check the SSL certificate.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CERTCHECK=<file_name><CR>
<CR><LF>+CERTCHECK: <file_name>,OK
Or
<CR><LF>+CERTCHECK: ERROR
Query AT+CERTCHECK?<CR> <CR><LF><file_name>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 161
[<CR><LF><file_name>]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<file_name> Certificate file name
Example
AT+CERTCHECK=ca_cert.pem
+CERTCHECK: ca_cert.pem,OK
Check the ca_cert.pem certificate.
AT+CERTCHECK=clent_cert.pem
+CERTCHECK: clent_cert.pem,OK
Check the clent_cert.pem certificate.
AT+CERTCHECK=client_key.pem
+CERTCHECK: ERROR
client_key.pem does note exist.
AT+CERTCHECKT?
cacert.pem
keycert.pem
OK
Check the added file.
11.8 AT+CERTDEL–Deleting SSL Certificate
To delete an SSL certificate.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CERTDEL=<file_name><CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 162
Parameter
<file_name> Certificate file name
Example
AT+CERTDEL=ca_cert.pem
OK
Delete ca_cert.pem.
AT+CERTDEL=client_cert.pem
OK
Delet client_cert.pem
AT+CERTDEL=client_key.pem
OK
Delete cilent_key.pem
AT+CERTDEL
OK
Delete all added files.
11.9 AT+SSLTCPCFGA–Configuring SSL Parameters for
TCP
To configure SSL parameters for TCP data service.
Certificate must be imported before setting.
Certificate can be set empty.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SSLTCPCFGA=<sslversion>,<authmode
>,<cacert>,<clientcert>,<clientkey><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SSLTCPCFGA?<CR>
<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCFGA:
<sslversion>,<authmode>,<cacert>,<c
lientcert>, <clientkey>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+SSLTCPCFGA=?<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 163
Parameter
<sslversion> 0: SSL3.0
1: TLS1.0
2: TLS1.1
3: TLS1.2
<authmode> 0: No authentication
1: Manage server authentication
2: Manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server
<Cacert> string, CA certificate
<Clientcert> string, client certificate
<Clientkey> string, client key
Example
AT+SSLTCPCFGA=3,1,"ca.pem","",""
OK
Set SSL TCP parameters
AT+SSLTCPCFGA?
+SSLTCPCFGA: 0,1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem
OK
Query the current SSL settings.
11.10 AT+SSLTCPREAD–Reading SSL TCP Data
To read SSL TCP data.
This command is sent after executing AT+RECVMODE=0 to modify receive mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SSLTCPREAD=<id>,<length><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 164
<length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.
Example
AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,58.60.184.213,12004,0
OK
+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,OK
AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,10
>
+SSLTCPSEND: 0,OK
+SSLTCPRECV: 0
AT+SSLTCPREAD=0,4096
+SSLTCPREAD: 0,10,1111111111
OK
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 165
12 MQTT Commands
12.1 AT+MQTTTLS–Configuring TLS Parameters
To configure MQTT TLS parameters.
Send AT+CERTADD to import certificate.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTTLS=<type>,<type_na
me><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+MQTTTLS?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MQTTTLS:<sslmode>,<authmode>
,<rootca_name>,<clientcert_name>,<clientkey_
name>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+MQTTTLS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+MQTTTLS: <type>,<value>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<type> parameter type
sslmode: SSL mode
authmode: authentication mode
rootca: CA certificate
clientcert: client certificate
clientkey: client key
<type_name> setting of SSL
sslmode:
0: not authentication
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 166
1: authentication
Authmode:
0: verify optional
1: verify required
rootca: string, CA certificate
clientcert: string, client certificate
clientkey: string, client key
Example
AT+MQTTTLS=authmode,1
OK
Set authentication mode to verify required.
AT+MQTTTLS?
+MQTTTLS: 1,1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem
OK
Query SSL configuration.
AT+MQTTTLS=?
+MQTTTLS: <type>,<type_name>
OK
Query value range of parameters.
12.2 AT+MQTTCONNPARAM–Setting User Parameters
To set ID, user name, and password.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTCONNPARAM=<clientdID>,<user
name>,<password><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+MQTTCONNPARAM?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MQTTCONNPARAM:<"clie
ntID">,<"username">,<"password">
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+MQTTCONNPARAM=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MQTTCONNPARAM:
<cliendid>,<username>,<password>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 167
Parameter
<”clientID”> Device ID, max. 256 bytes.
<”username”> User name, max. 512 bytes.
<”password”> Password, max. 256 bytes.
Example
+MQTTCONNPARAM="C_201801021127","lixytest/thing01","0lSoY/e
YnlSqUeAsbAKKQ/ACmipZwEw9H7Ff0h1kOps="
Parameters are set successfully.
12.3 AT+MQTTWILLPARAM–Will Settings
To set will parameters.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTWILLPARAM=<retained>,<qos>,
<topicname>,<message><CR>
<CR><LF>+GNSSSTATE:
<status><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Query AT+MQTTWILLPARAM?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MQTTWILLPARAM:<retaine
d>,<qos>,<"topicname">,<"message">
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+MQTTWILLPARAM=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MQTTWILLPARAM:
<retained>,<qos>,<topicname>,<messag
e>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<retained> Retain symbol, digit type, 0 and 1.
<qos> Quality of service, 0 and 1 supported
<"topicname"> Will topic, max. 128 bytes. The parameter must be marked by quotation marks.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 168
<"message"> Will Message, max. 1024 bytes
Example
AT+MQTTWILLPARAM=0,1,"lixytopic",byby
OK
The will is set successfully.
12.4 AT+MQTTWILLMSG–Setting Long Will Messages
To set long will messages or will messages of non-character string by specifying retained, qos, topic,
and message length.
If the message is not input completely within 30 seconds, the UART returns timeout.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTWILLMSG=<retained>,<qos>,<”topic
”>,<msg_length><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<retained> Retain flag, digit type, 0 or 1.
<qos> QoS of publish message
<"topic"> Publish topic
<willmsg_length> Length of will messages, maximum 10240 bytes. After the UART returns >, input
message content of the specified length.
Example
AT+MQTTWILLMSG =1,1,"neoway02",10
>
OK
Set will message.
Successfully
AT+MQTTWILLMSG=1,1,"neoway02",10
>
+MQTTWILLMSG: Timeout!
Set will message.
Failed
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 169
12.5 AT+MQTTCONN–Connection Command
To connect to the MQTT server.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTCONN=<host>,<clean>,
<keep_alive><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+MQTTCONN?<CR>
<CR><LF>+MQTTCONN:<"ip:port">,<clean>,
<keep_alive>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+MQTTCONN=?<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<Host> Server address (URL:port)
<clean> whether to clean session, digit type,
0-Not clean (by default)
1-Clean
<Keep_alive> keepAlive time, ranging from 20 to 180, unit: second
Example
AT+MQTTCONN=121.43.166.63:1883,0,60
OK
Connect to the MQTT server successfully.
12.6 AT+MQTTSUB–Subscription
To subscribe a topic.
Topicname must be marked by quotation marks.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 170
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTSUB=<topicname>,<q
os><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+MQTTSUB?<CR> <CR><LF>+MQTTSUB:<"topicname">,<qos>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+MQTTSUB=?<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<topicname> Topic to subscribe to, max. 128 bytes
<Qos> Quality of service, 0, 1, and 2 are supported
Example
AT+MQTTSUB="neoway02",1
OK
+MQTTSUB:9,"neoway02",11,neoway mqtt
Subscribe to the topic successfully. The server
issues the topic retained last time.
AT+MQTTSUB=“neoway02”,1
OK
Subscribed to the topic successfully.
12.7 AT+MQTTUNSUB–Unsubscription
To unsubscribe a topic.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTUNSUB=<topicname><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 171
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<topicname> Topic to unsubscribe to, max. 128 bytes.
Example
AT+MQTTUNSUB="neoway02"
OK
Unsubscribe to a topic
12.8 AT+MQTTPUB–Publishing Topic
To publish a topic.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTPUB=<retained>,<qos>,<topicna
me>,<message><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<Retained> Retain mark, digit type, 0 and 1.
<Qos> Quality of service, 0 and 1 supported.
<topicname> Topic, max. 128 bytes
<Message> Message, max. 1024 bytes
Example
AT+MQTTPUB=1,1,"neoway02", neoway mqtt
The topic is published successfully.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 172
OK
AT+MQTTPUB=1,1,"neoway02", neoway mqtt
OK
+MQTTSUB:5,"neoway02",11, neoway mqtt
The server does not support QoS=2. After the command times
out, the device disconnects to the MQTT server.
Developers need to reconnect manually.
12.9 AT+MQTTPUBS–Publishing Topic
To publish topic.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTPUBS=<retained>,<topic>,
<qos>,<msg_length><CR>
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>+MQTTPUBS: Timeout!<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The timer of publish message input is 30 seconds.
Parameter
<retained> retain symbol, digit type, 0 and 1.
<topic> topic to be published.
<qos> Quality of service, 0 and 1 are supported
<msg_length> the length of message published, max. 10240 bytes
Example
AT+MQTTPUBS=1,1,"lixytopic",10
>
OK
Topic publishes 10-byte data
Input 10-byte data.
AT+MQTTPUBS=0,1,"lixytopic",12
>
+MQTTPUBS: Timeout!
Times out
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 173
12.10 AT+MQTTDISCONN–Disconnecting to the MQTT
Server
To disconnect to the MQTT server and release resources.
The device disconnects to the MQTT server proactively and releases the MQTT resources.
To publish messages after disconnecting, set up the connection again.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MQTTDISCONN<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+ MQTTDISCONN
OK
Disconnect to the MQTT server.
12.11 +MQTTSUB–Receiving Topic Content
To receive the topic content sent by the server.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +MQTTSUB=<message_id>,<”topicname”>,<message_len>,<message><CR>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 174
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<message_id> Message ID
<”topicname”> Topic name, topic name must be marked by quotation marks.
<message_len> The length of the data received
<message> Data received
Example
+MQTTSUB:"neoway02",5,12345 Receive messages published by the topic subscribed to.
12.12 AT+MQTTSTATE–Querying MQTT Connection
Status:
To query the status of the MQTT connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Query AT+MQTTSTATE?<CR> <CR><LF>+MQTTSTATE: <state><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+MQTTSTATE? The device is connected to the MQTT server.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 12 MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 175
+MQTTSTATE:1
OK
AT+MQTTSTATE?
+MQTTSTATE:0
OK
Query the MQTT connection status.
The device is disconnected to the MQTT server.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 176
13 AWS MQTT Commands
13.1 AT+AWSTLSCFG–Configuring AWS TLS
Parameters
To configure AWS TLS parameters.
Certificates should be imported by sending AT+CERTADD.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSTLSCFG=<type>,
<value><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+AWSTLSCFG?<CR>
<CR><LF>+AWSTLSCFG:<authmode>,<rootca_name>,
<clientcert_name>,<clientkey_name>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+AWSTLSCFG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+AWSTLSCFG: <type>,<value >
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<type> parameter type
authmode: authentication mode
rootca: CA certificate (character string)
clientcert: client certificate (character string)
clientkey: client key (character string)
<value> parameter value, the corresponding relations between <type> and <value> are as
follows:
Authmode:
0: verify optional
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 177
1: verify required
rootca: string, CA certificate
clientcert: client certificate (character string)
clientkey: client key (character string)
Example
AT+AWSTLSCFG=authmode,1
OK Set the authentication mode to verify required.
AT+AWSTLSCFG?
+AWSTLSCFG: 1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem
OK
Query the current settings of SSL.
AT+AWSTLSCFG=?
+AWSTLSCFG: <type>,<value>
OK
Query the value range of parameters.
13.2 AT+AWSAUTHPARAM–Setting User Parameters
To set ID, user name, and password.
User name and password are not mandatory in version 2.3.0.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSAUTHPARAM=<cliendID>,<usernam
e>,<password><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<cliendID> device ID, max. 128 bytes
<username> user name, max. 512 bytes.
<password> password, max. 256 bytes.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 178
Example
AT+AWSAUTHPARAM =nwy_test
OK The parameter is set successfully.
13.3 AT+AWSCONNPARAM–Setting AWS Connection
Parameters
To set AWS connection parameters.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSCONNPARAM=<host>,<enable_recon
nect><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<host> server address (url:port)
<enable_reconnect> specifies whether to reconnect after going offline
0: disable
1: enable
Example
AT+AWSCONNPARAM=a1epg1vh6w7hlk.iot.us-east-2.amazonaws.com:443,1
OK
Set connection parameters
successfully.
13.4 AT+AWSCONN–Connection Command
To connect to the MQTT server.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 179
Only clean =1, version=4 are supported in version 2.3.0.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSCONN=<keepAlive>,<clean>,<version><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<keepAlive> time period of keepAlive, mandatory, ranging from 30 to 1200 seconds, 60
seconds by default.
<clean> specifies whether to clear the sessions.
0: not clear
1: clear
<version> MQTT version = 4: 3.1.1
Example
AT+AWSCONN=60,1,4
OK
The connection is established successfully.
13.5 AT+AWSSUB–Subscribing to Topic
To subscribe to a topic.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSSUB=<topicname>,<qos><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 180
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<topicname> topic to subscribe to, max. 128 bytes
<qos> Quality of service, only 0 and 1 are supported.
Example
AT+AWSSUB=nwy_test/01,1
OK Subscribe to the topic successfully.
13.6 AT+AWSUNSUB–Canceling a Subscription
To cancel a subscription.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSUNSUB=<topicname><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<topicname> topic name, max. 128 bytes.
Example
AT+AWSUNSUB=nwy_test/01
OK Cancel a subscription successfully.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 181
13.7 AT+AWSPUB–Publishing Topic
To publish a topic
The current SDK version is 2.3.0 that supports retained=0 only.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSPUB=<retained>,<qos
>,<topicname>,<length><CR>
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+AWSPUBACK: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+AWSPUBACK: ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<retained> Retain mark, digit type, 0 and 1
<qos> quality of service, 0 and 1 are supported
<topicname> topic name, max. 128 bytes
<length> the length of message to be published, max. 10240 bytes
After > is returned, enter messages of the specified length.
Example
AT+AWSPUB=1,1," nwy_test/01",11
>
OK
The topic is published successfully.
AT+AWSPUB=1,1," nwy_test/01",11
>
OK
+AWSPUBACK: OK
+AWSSUBRECV:5,"nwy_test/01",11,12332ELO
The topic is published successfully and the server issues
the topic.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 182
13.8 AT+AWSDISCONN–Disconnecting to the AWS
MQTT Server
To disconnect to the AWS MQTT server.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSDISCONN<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+AWSDISCONN
OK Close the MQTTconnection
13.9 +AWSSUBRECV–Receiving Topic Content
To receive the topic message sent by the server.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited
report +AWSSUBRECV: <message_id>,<”topicname”>,<message_len>,<message>
Timeout
N/A.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 183
Parameter
<message_id> message ID
<topicname> topic name
<message_len> the length of date received
<message> date received
Example
+AWSSUBRECV: 5,"nwy_test/01",5,12345 Receive the message of the topic.
13.10 AT+AWSSTATE–Querying MQTT Status
To query the status of MQTT connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AWSSTATE?<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+AWSSTATE?
+AWSSTATE: 1
OK
MQTT connected
AT+AWSSTATE?
+AWSSTATE: 0
OK
MQTT disconnected
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 184
14 Microsoft Hub Commands
14.1 AT+ACLOUDSETUP–Setting up Connection with
Cloud
To pass in the connection string, enable the device twin and RPC, and set up a connection with Azure
IoT Hub.
Setting up a connection with the server depends on the current time, and therefore the system time
must be synchronized before the connection is set up.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDSETUP=<connction
string>,<twin enable>,<rpc enable><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+ACLOUDSETUP:
<result><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<connction
string>
Connection string corresponding to the IoT Hub device. If the string contains
commas and semicolons, the entire string must be enclosed with "".
<twin
enable>
Whether to enable device twin
0: disable
1: enable
<rpc enable> Whether to enable RPC function.
0: disable
1: enable
<result> Execution result description
AUTH_ERROR: The authentication information is incorrect, which is often caused
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 185
by an incorrect connection string that is passed in.
NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.
TIMEOUT: The connection times out.
SETTING_ERROR: The setting is incorrect.
OK: The connection is set up successfully.
Example
AT+ACLOUDSETUP=”HostName=neoway-iot-dev.azure-devices.ne
t;DeviceId=Test1;SharedAccessKey=POXZrNJy1FkHwEjHWNXslgq
M6yNuKdQKUs97SZ/t6ac=”,0,0
OK
+ACLOUDSETUP:OK
A connection to the IoT Hub is set up
successfully.
14.2 AT+ACLOUDSETMSG–Setting Message Format
To set the message format to prepare for sending messages. The configured format is cached on the
device.
Format
Type Command Response
Set
AT+ACLOUDSETMSG=<index>,<message
id>,<correlation id>,<content
type>,<content encoding>,<property key
1>,< property value 1>…<property key n>,<
property value n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+ACLOUDSETMSG?<CR>
<CR><LF>+ACLOUDSETMSG:
<index>,<message id>,<correlation
id>,<content type>,<content
encoding>,<property key 1>,<property value
1>…<property key n>,<property value
n><CR>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 186
Parameter
<index> Index, which ranges from 1 to 5. This index can be used in subsequent
messages.
<message id> Message ID of the message, 64 characters at most
<correlation id> Related ID of the message, 64 characters at most
<content type> Content type of the message, 64 characters at most
<content
encoding>
Encoding format of the message content, 64 characters at most
<property key
1>,<property value
1>…<property key
n>,<property value
n>
The subsequent parameters are the property key-value pairs of the
message. Currently, up to 5 pairs are supported, and the maximum length of
each pair is 64 characters.
Example
AT+ACLOUDSETMSG=1,msg,core, , ,p1,1,p2,2
OK Saved successfully
AT+ACLOUDSETMSG?
+ACLOUDSETMSG:
1,"message","","","","p1","0","p2","1","p3","1","p4","4","p5","5"
2,"","","",""
3,"","","",""
4,"","","",""
5,"","","",""
OK
Query the set message format.
14.3 AT+ACLOUDEVSEND–Sending Message
To send a message to the server.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDEVSEND=<n>,<payload><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+ACLOUDEVSEND: <err
text><CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 187
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> Message format index obtained by the AT+ACLOUDSETMSG command. 0
indicates that no format is used.
<payload> Message content. If the message contains commas and semicolons, the entire
message must be enclosed with "".
<errtext> Sending result
NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.
SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.
TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.
NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.
Example
AT+ACLOUDEVSEND=1,AAAA
OK
+ACLOUDEVSEND: OK
Sent successfully.
14.4 AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL–Sending Message
To send a message to the server.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL=
<n>,<payload_len><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+ACLOUDEVSEND: <err text><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 188
Parameter
<n> Message format index obtained by the AT+ACLOUDSETMSG command. 0
indicates that no format is used.
<payload_len> Message length.
<errtext> Sending result
NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.
SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.
TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.
NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.
Example
AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL=0,10
>
OK
+ACLOUDEVSENDL: OK
Sent successfully.
14.5 AT+ACLOUDSTATE – Querying the Connection
Status
To query the current connection status of the device.
You can query the status to determine how to perform subsequent operations.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDSTATE?<CR> <CR><LF>+ACLOUDSTATE: <status>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<status> 0: Unconnected
1: Connecting
2: Failed connection
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 189
3: Connected, normal work mode
4: Disconnecting
5: Connection close
Example
AT+ACLOUDSTATE?
+ACLOUDSTATE: 3
OK
Query the connection status.
14.6 AT+ACLOUDDISCONN–Closing a Connection
To obtain the integrated circuit card identifier (ICCID) of the SIM Card.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDDISCONN<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+ACLOUDDISCONN
OK The connection is closed.
14.7 +ACLOUDSTATUS–Reporting the Connection Status
Change
When the connection status changes, the device sends the status change information to the serial
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 190
port.
When the connection is closed in the normal working state, the authentication information may expire.
The login information needs to be changed about every hour. When the login information is changed,
the connection needs to be closed and set up again. There will be a short period of disconnection.
No matter what error is sent, the device will try to set up the connection again. After receiving this error,
the user can wait for a period of time, and then actively check the connection status. If the connection
is still not set up successfully, try to close and set up the connection again, or restart the device.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +ACLOUDSTATUS:<status><CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<status> Status after the change.
Example
+ACLOUDSTATUS: 1: The status is changed to
Connected.
+ACLOUDSTATUS: 0: connection close
14.8 +ACLOUDMSG–Receiving a Message from the
Server
To receive a message from the server.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +ACLOUDMSG:<message_len>,<message>,<message id>,<correlation
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 191
id>,<content type>,<content encoding>,<property key 1>,<property value
1>…<property key n>,<property value n><CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<message_len> Message length.
<message> Message content.
<message id> Message ID, 64 characters at most.
<correlation id> Related ID of the message, 64 characters at most
<content type> Content type of the message, 64 characters at most
<content encoding> Encoding format of the message content, 64 characters at most
<property key
1>,<property value
1>…<property key
n>,<property value n>
The subsequent parameters are the property key-value pairs of the
message. Currently, up to 5 pairs are supported, and the maximum
length of each pair is 64 characters. If the message does not have
any property key-value pair, this part is left blank.
Example
+ACLOUDMSG: 161,{"desired":{"at": "at1","bt": "bt1","ct":
"ct1","dt": "dt1","$version": 4},"reported":{"temps":
"temps","num": "123456","num1":"000000","tmp": 30,"$version":
5}},"2374f2c6-1f3f-4cfe-a58e-52be4eecc34d","","","","P1","11",
"P2","22"
Message received from the server.
This message does not contain
<correlation id>, <content type>,
and <content encoding>. <message
id > is
2374f2c6-1f3f-4cfe-a58e-52be4eec
c34d. There are two property
key-value pair, including p1:1 and
p2:2.
14.9 +ACLOUDDESIRED–Receiving the Change
Notification of DEVICE TWIN DESIRED PROPERTIES
To receive the change notification of DEVICE TWIN DESIRED PROPERTIES from the server.
You can upload the device twin data to modify the data in "reported".
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 192
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +ACLOUDDESIRED:<status>,<payload_len>,<payload><CR>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<status> Status of content sent this time.
0: The content sent this time is all the content of the device twin.
1: The content sent this time is part of the content of the device twin.
<payload_len> Status of content sent this time.
0: The content sent this time is all the content of the device twin.
1: The content sent this time is part of the content of the device twin.
<payload> Content of the device twin, which is provided in JSON format.
<json format
data>
Normal data
BAD_PAYLOAD: The data sent by the server does not match, possibly because
the data is too long. Currently only the JSON data in the form of a string with a
maximum length of 10240 bytes is supported.
Example
+ACLOUDDESIRED: 0,86,{
"desired": {
"$version": 1
},
"reported": {
"$version": 1
}
}
The change notification of device twin data is received.
14.10 AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT–Uploading Device
Twin Data
To send data to the device twin. This command is asynchronous.
Only the "reported" data in +ACLOUDDESIRED can be modified. Data can be added.
If you want to delete a key-value pair, use the second example, where the value must be "null" in
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 193
lowercase.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT=<payl
oad><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+ACLOUDTWINREPORT:<errtext><
CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<payload> Device twin data, which must be in JSON format. If the data contains commas
and semicolons, the entire data must be enclosed with "".
<n> The sending is successful, and the ID of the sent data is returned. Later, the
upload result is returned through the +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS command.
<errtext> Description
NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.
SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.
TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.
NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.
Example
AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT="{"temps": "temps","num":
"123456","num1":"000000","tmp": 30}}"
OK
+ACLOUDTWINREPORT: 2
+ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS: 2,204
Data uploaded successfully
AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT="{"reported":null}"
OK
+ACLOUDTWINREPORT: 3
+ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS: 3,204
Delete the "reported" key-value pair.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 194
14.11 +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS–Receiving the Device
Twin Data Upload Result
To receive the device twin data upload result from the server.
This is to confirm uploading of the device twin data. If this command is received, it means that the
server has received the data corresponding to the ID. The status code is the result of the server's
processing on the uploaded data.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS:<n>,<status><CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<n> ID of the uploaded data twin data.
<status> Uploading result. The value of parameter is the HTTP status code. Typical values
are as follows:
2xx (such as 200 and 204): indicates that the server has processed the data
successfully.
4xx (such as 400 and 404): indicates that the server determines that the request
sent by the client is incorrect, which is generally because the data sent is not in
JSON format.
5xx: indicates a server error.
Example
AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT={"tmp":45}
+ACLOUDTWINREPORT:14
+ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS:14,204
The server returns a result indicating that the
processing is successful.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 195
14.12 +ACLOUDRPCCALL–Receiving RPC Request from
the Server
To enable the server to send an RPC request to the device.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +ACLOUDRPCCALL:<n>,<method name>,<payload_len>,<payload><CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<n> RPC request ID. In the subsequent sending of the result of responding to
this request, the request ID is needed to confirm which request to be
responded.
<method name> Method name of the request.
<payload> Request payload, which is generally the RPC method parameter
encapsulated in JSON format.
<json format data> Normal data
BAD_PAYLOAD: The data sent by the server does not match, possibly
because the data is too long. Currently only the JSON data in the form of a
string with a maximum length of 2047 bytes is supported.
Example
+ACLOUDRPCCALL:4,m1,8,{“a”:10} Receive an RPC request from the server named m1.
14.13 AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP–Responding to the RPC
Request of the Server
To respond to the RPC request of the server.
The default response timeout of the server is 30 seconds, and the request must be responded within
this period of time.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 196
Returning OK does not ensure that the server's request is responded. If timeout occurs, the RPC
result of the server will be timeout, but the module will still return OK. Currently, the module simply
sends OK, and there is no closed-loop confirmation process for the response action.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP=<n>,
<status>,<payload><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+ACLOUDRPCRESP:<errtext><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> RPC request ID.
<status> RPC execution result. The value of parameter is the HTTP status code. Typical
values are as follows:
2xx (such as 200 and 204): indicates that the RPC request is successful.
4xx (such as 400 and 404): indicates that the content of the server's RPC request
is incorrect or invalid.
5xx: indicates that the RPC request fails.
<payload> Result payload, which must be in JSON format. If the data contains commas and
semicolons, the entire data must be enclosed with "".
<result> Result description
NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.
SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.
TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.
SETTING_ERROR: The setting is incorrect.
NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.
Example
AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP=4,200,{“r”:1}
OK
A response is sent to the server, and the execution is
successful.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 197
15 GPS Commands
15.1 AT$MYGPSPWR–Switching GPS
To switch GPS.
GPS service occupies a lot of resources. If it is not used, disable the service.
After the request is sent successfully, it will take the module some time to enable the GPS service and
get GPS position. It depends on the circumstance. Ensure that a matched antenna is used.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGPSPWR=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: disable GPS service
1: enable GPS service
Example
AT$MYGPSPWR=1
OK
Enable GPS service
AT$MYGPSPWR=0
OK
Disable GPS service
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 198
15.2 AT$MYGPSSTATE–Querying GPS Status
To query GPS status.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGPSSTATE<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYGPSSTATE: gps closed<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>$MYGPSSTATE: gps opened<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT$MYGPSPWR=1
OK
AT$MYGPSSTATE
$MYGPSSTATE: gps opened
Enable GPS
Query GPS status.
15.3 AT$MYGPSPOS–Obtaining NMEA Data
To obtain NMEA data.
The obtained data is GPS coordinates.
It takes time to fix the position for the first time after GPS is enabled.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGPSPOS=<TYPE>, 0:NMEA$GPGGA
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 199
<Mode><CR> <CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:
$GPGGA,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,
<6>,<7>,<8>,<9>,<10>,<11>,<12>,<13>,<14>*<hh>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
1:NMEA$GPGSA
<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:
$GPGSA,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,
<6>,<7>,<8>,<9>,<10>,<11>,<12>,<13>,<14>,<15>,<1
6>,<17>,*<hh><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
2:NMEA$GPGSV
<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS: $GPGSV,
<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,
<6>,<7>[,<4>,<5>,<6>,<7>...]*<hh>
<CR><LF>$GPGSV,
<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,<6>,<7>[,<4>,
<5>,<6>,<7>...]*<hh>
<CR><LF>...
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
3:NMEA$GPRMC
<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:
$GPRMC,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,
<6>,<7>,<8>,<9>,<10>,<11>,<12>*<hh>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
4:NMEA$GPVTG
<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:
$GPVTG,<1>,T,<2>,M,<3>,N, <4>,K,<5>*<hh>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
5:NMEA$GPGLL
<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:
$GPGLL,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>, <6>*<hh>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<TYPE> GPS data type, integer
0: NMEA$GPGGA
1: NMEA$GPGSA
2: NMEA$GPGSV
3: NMEA$GPRMC
4: NMEA$GPVTG
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 200
5:NMEA$GPGLL
6: all GPS data
<Mode> output mode
0: output once (default)
1: output periodically
2: disable periodic output
0: NMEA$GPGGA
<1> UTC time of position fix, hh mm ss
<2> latitude of position, dd mm mmmm
<3> North & South Hemispheres
N: north
S: south
<4> longitude of position, ddd mm mmmm
<5> Western & Eastern Hemispheres
E: east
W: west
<6> GPS quality indicator
0: no fix
1: GPS fix
2: differential GPS fix
3: not valid
6: estimated
<7> Number of satellites in use
<8> Horizontal Dilution of Precision (HDOP)
<9> altitude above mean sea level (geoid)
<10> units of altitude
M: Meter
<11> geoidal height
<12> unit of geoidal height
<13> time since last DGPS update
<14> DGPS reference station ID
<hh> checksum
1: NMEA$GPGSA
<1> Mode
A: Automatic
M: Manual
<2> fix mode
1: invalid fix
2: 2D fix
3: 3D fix
<3> PRN number of satellites used for fix
<4> PRN number in second channel
<5> PRN number in third channel
<6> PRN number in forth channel
<7> PRN number in fifth channel
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 201
<8> PRN number in sixth channel
<9> PRN number in seventh channel
<10> PRN number in eighth channel
<11> PRN number in ninth channel
<12> PRN number in tenth channel
<13> PRN number in eleventh channel
<14> PRN number in twelfth channel
<15> position (3D) dilution of precision (PDOP) (0.5 - 99.9)
<16> HDOP (0.5 - 99.9)
<17> VDOP (0.5 - 99.9)
<hh> checksum
2: NMEA$GPGSV
<1> Message number
<2> Message number
<3> Total number of satellites in view, ranging from 00 to 12.
<4> SV PRN number, ranging from 01 to 32.
<5> Evaluation in degrees, ranging from 00 to 90 degree.
<6> Azimuth, degrees from true north, 000 to 359
<7> SNR (C/No), 00-99 dB (null when not tracking)
<hh> checksum
8-11: Information about second SV, same as field 4-7
12-15: Information about third SV, same as field 4-7
16-19: Information about fourth SV, same as field 4-7
The number of $GPGSV sentences is same as the value of <1>.
3: NMEA$GPRMC
<1> UTC time of position fix, hhmmss
<2> status of position fix
A: valid
V: invalid
<3> latitude of fix, ddmm.mmmm
<4> N or S
N: North
S: South
<5> longitude, dddmm.mmmm
<6> E or W
E: East
W: West
<7> Track made good in degrees, 000.0~359.9, True
<8> Track made good in degrees, 000.0~359.9, True
<9> UTC date, ddmmyy
<10> Magnetic variation degrees (Easterly var. subtracts from true course), 000.0~180.0
<11> E or W
E: Eastern
W: Western
<12> GPS quality indicator
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 202
A: Automatic
D: DGPS
E: Estimated
N: invalid
<hh> Checksum
4: NMEA$GPVTG
<1> True track made good (degrees)
<2> Magnetic track made good
<3> Ground speed, knots
<4> Ground speed, Kilometers per hour
<5> GPS quality indicator
A: Autonomous
D: DGPS
E: Estimated
N: Invalid
<hh> Checksum
5: NMEA$GPGLL
<1> Latitude, ddmm.mmmm
<2> N or S
N: North
S: South
<3> Longitude, dddmm.mmmm
<4> E or W
E: East
W: West
<5> UTC time of position fix, hhmmss.sss
<6> Status
A: Fix
V: No fix
<hh> Checksum
Example
AT$MYGPSPOS=0
$MYGPSPOS:
$GPGGA,060239.00,2241.170914,N,11359.187225,E,2,16,2.5,116.6,M,,,,*39
OK
Obtain the position
information.
AT$MYGPSPOS=1
$MYGPSPOS: $GPGSA,A,2,01,11,16,22,,,,,,,,,2.4,2.2,1.0*32
OK
Obtain GPGSA
message.
AT$MYGPSPOS=2
$MYGPSPOS:
$GPGSV,5,1,19,01,57,160,50,11,84,151,31,16,09,090,41,22,10,140,49*74
$GPGSV,5,2,19,04,40,184,,07,57,314,,08,87,050,,10,03,164,*7B
$GPGSV,5,3,19,15,15,270,,19,,,,20,,,,21,50,071,*78
$GPGSV,5,4,19,24,13,196,,26,05,309,,28,,,,32,,,*7A
$GPGSV,5,5,19,41,,,41,42,,,43,50,,,43*72
OK
Obtain GPGSV
message.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 203
AT$MYGPSPOS=3
$MYGPSPOS:
$GPRMC,074855.00,A,2241.207019,N,11359.188919,E,0.0,78.5,050517,2.3,W,A*16
OK
Obtain GPRMC
message.
AT$MYGPSPOS=4
$MYGPSPOS: $GPVTG,78.5,T,80.8,M,0.0,N,0.0,K,A*29
OK
Obtain GPVTG message
AT$MYGPSPOS=5
$MYGPSPOS: $GPGLL,2241.207179,N,11359.188345,E,074856.00,A*0F
OK
Obtain GPGLL message
15.4 AT$MYGNSSSEL–Enabling an Aid GNSS System
To enabling an aid GNSS system.
Before selecting an aid GNSS system, enable GPS.
Positioning data of the aid GNSS system can be queried by $MYGNSSMSG.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGNSSSEL=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> GNSS type
0: BD
1: GLONASS
2: GALILEO
3: BD, GLONASS, GALILEO
Example
AT$MYGNSSSEL=1
OK
Enable GLONASS for aid positioning
AT$MYGNSSSEL=0 Enable BD for aid positioning
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 204
OK
15.5 AT$MYGNSSMSG–Obtaining Positioning Data of Aid
GNSS System
To obtain the positioning data of the aid GNSS system.
V003 or later versions support this command.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGNSSMSG<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT$MYGNSSMSG
$GLGSV,3,1,09,,,,37,70,08,234,20,82,42,033,18,73,28,337,30*5D
$GLGSV,3,2,09,80,47,040,22,79,14,102,39,84,19,196,35,83,73,158,43*68
$GLGSV,3,3,09,71,08,282,16*5D
$GNGNS,015559.80,2241.185287,N,11359.175639,E,AAA,10,0.8,111.3,-1.0,,*0F
$GNGSA,A,2,73,79,83,84,,,,,,,,,1.1,0.8,0.8,2*3E
OK
Obtain the positioning
data of the aid GNSS
system.
GLONASS is enabled as for
aid positioning.
The navigational
messages of GLONASS is
returned
AT$MYGNSSMSG
$GNGNS,015559.80,2241.185287,N,11359.175639,E,AAA,10,0.8,111.3,-1.0,,*0F
$GNGSA,A,2,201,203,204,206,209,,,,,,,,1.4,1.1,0.8,4*03
OK
Only BD is enabled for aid
positioning.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 205
15.6 AT+XTRAOPEN–Enabling/Disabling XTRA Aid
Positioning
To enable or disable XTRA aid positioning
It is recommended to enable XTRA aid positioning and inject data before enabling GPS function.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+XTRAOPEN=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: disable
1: enable
Example
AT+XTRAOPEN=1
OK Enable XTRA aid positioning.
AT+XTRAOPEN=0
OK Enable XTRA aid positioning.
15.7 AT+XTRASEND–Writing XTRA Data to Cache
To write XTRA data to cache
⚫ Enable XTRA before data injection and time injection.
⚫ You can download the XTRA data from the following websites:
http://xtrapath1.izatcloud.net/xtra2.bin
http://xtrapath2.izatcloud.net/xtra2.bin
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 206
http://xtrapath3.izatcloud.net/xtra2.bin
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+XTRASEND=<length>,<timeout><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<length> Data length written.
<timeout> Timeout period (s).
Example
AT+XTRASEND=60831,10
>
OK
Write XTRA data to cache.
15.8 AT+XTRAINJECTDATA–Injecting XTRA Data
To inject XTRA cached into GPS.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+XTRAINJECTDATA<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+XTRAINJECTDATA?<CR>
<CR><LF>+XTRAINJECTDATA:<valid_time>,
<production date>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 207
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<valid_time> the valid time of XTRA data, 7*24h in general.
<production
date>
production time (UTC format) of XTRA data, unit: ms.
Example
AT+XTRAINJECTDATA
OK Inject XTRA data cached into GPS.
AT+XTRAINJECTDATA?
+XTRAINJECTDATA:168,1523494800000
OK
Query the valid time of XTRA data.
15.9 AT+XTRAINJECTTIME–Injecting XTRA Time
To inject current time into GPS.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+XTRAINJECTTIME=<current_time>,<unc
ertainty_time><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<current_time> current UTC time, unit: ms.
<uncertainty_time> uncertainty time, unit: ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 208
Example
AT+XTRAINJECTTIME=1522831197000,40
OK Inject current time into GPS.
15.10 AT+AGPSOPEN–Setting APN of AGPS
To set the APN of AGPS.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+AGPSOPEN=<pdp_type>,<apnname><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<pdp_type> 1: IPV4
2: IPV6
3: IPV4V6
<apnname> APN, length ranging from 1 to 100.
Example
AT+AGPSOPEN=1,3GNET
OK Set the APN of AGPS.
15.11 AT+SETSERVER–Setting AGPS Server
To set the server of AGPS.
SETSERVER must be set before GPS is enabled.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 209
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SETSERVER =<n>,<url>,<port><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> current network mode
1: 3GPP2
3: 3GPP (only GSM, WCDMA, and LTE are supported)
<url> Server address, IPV4, IPV6, and URL are supported
<port> Server port
Example
AT+SETSERVER=3,supl.qxwz.com,7276
OK
Set the server address of AGPS
15.12 AT+GPSDEL–Clearing GPS Data
To clear GPS data.
It is recommended to use this command before enabling GPS or after disabling GPS.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+GPSDEL<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 210
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+GPSDEL
OK
Clear GPS data
15.13 AT$MYGPSCFG–Setting GPS
To set GPS parameters.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGPSCFG=<type>,<value><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT$MYGPSCFG?<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYGPSCFG:
<type>,<value>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<type> Specify how to set
0: set GPS update frequency
1: set NMEA data report
2: set format of NMEA data reported
Others: reserved
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 15 GPS Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 211
<value> <type>: Specify how to set
0: set GPS update frequency
1: set NMEA data report
2: set format of NMEA data reported
Others: reserved
<value>: set based on <type>
type=0, update interval, ranging from 100 to 60000 ms
type=1, specify whether to report. 0: disable report. 1: enable report (default).
type=2, decimal number. The following list masks of different NMEA formats. All
enabled by default.
GPGGA 0x00000001
GPRMC 0x00000002
GPGSV 0x00000004
GPGSA 0x00000008
GPVTG 0x00000010
GLGSV 0x00000080
GNGSA 0x00000100
GNGNS 0x00000200
GARMC 0x00000400
GAGSV 0x00000800
GAGSA 0x00001000
GAVTG 0x00002000
GAGGA 0x00004000
PQGSA 0x00008000
PQGSV 0x00010000
GPGLL 0x00020000
Example
AT$MYGPSCFG=0,1000
OK
Set GPS update frequency to 1 second. NMEA data
is reported every one second.
AT$MYGPSCFG?
$MYGPSCFG: 0,1000
$MYGPSCFG: 1,1
$MYGPSCFG: 2,4294967295
OK
Query parameter settings.
AT$MYGPSCFG=2,1 Set to report GPGGA data only.
AT$MYGPSCFG=1,0 Disable NMEA report.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 16 DTMF Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 212
16 DTMF Commands
16.1 AT+VTS–Sending DTMF Tone
To enable or disable XTRA aid positioning.
This command is valid during a call.
Only 0-9, *, and # are supported on CDMA networks.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+VTS=<DTMF>[,<duration>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+VTS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+VTS: (value range of <DTMF>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<DTMF> A single ASCII character in the set 0-9, #, *, A-D.
Example
AT+VTS=?
+VTS: (0-9,A-D,*,#)
OK
Query the DTMF signal range of the module.
AT+VTS=1
OK
Set during a call.
AT+VTS=1
ERROR
Set not during a call.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 16 DTMF Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 213
16.2 AT+DTMFDETECT–Enabling DTMF Detection
To enable DTMF detection.
After the module starts to detect DTMF, and detects the DTMF signal transmitted by the other device,
DTMF KEY(Rec):<key> will be returned.
The available values of <key> are 0-9, #, *, and A-D. See the parameters of the AT+VTS command.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+DTMFDETECT=<value><CR>
<CR><LF>+DTMF: DETECT START OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+DTMF: DETECT STOP OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+DTMF: DETECT ALREADY
STARTED<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+DTMF: OPERATION NOT
ALLOWED<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<value> integer, ranging from 0 to 1.
1: start DTMF detection
0: stop DTMF detection
Example
AT+DTMFDETECT=1
+DTMF: DETECT START OK
start DTMF detection
AT+DTMFDETECT=1
+DTMF: DETECT START OK
DTMF KEY(Rec): *
DTMF KEY(Rec): #
start DTMF detection
*, #, and 8 have been detected respectively.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 16 DTMF Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 214
DTMF KEY(Rec): 8
AT+DTMFDETECT=0
+DTMF: DETECT STOP OK
Stop DTMF detection.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 17 GSM Location Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 215
17 GSM Location Command
17.1 AT+CIPGSMLOC–Obtaining the Location of the
Module
To obtain the location information of the module.
The obtained location information is the GPS coordinates.
If the server does not reply in 10 seconds after the request is submitted successfully, the module
returns +CIPGSMLOC: TIMEOUT. TIMEOUT.
The current coordinates of latitude and longitude are valid and precision is reserved (0.0 by default).
Format
Type Command Response
Execute ⚫ AT+CIPGSMLOC<CR>
⚫ AT+CIPGSMLOC=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: <fail_string><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: {<result_string>}
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: <code><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: FAIL<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: TIMEOUT<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> request selection
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 17 GSM Location Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 216
0: Close location request (default)
1: multi-BS positioning request (reserved)
<fail_string> Failure string
CONTACT FAIL
LINK FAIL
LINK NOT FREE
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: {<result_string>}
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: OK<CR><LF>
<result_string> string including longitude and latitude
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: <code>
<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: FAIL <CR><LF>
<code> return code after request is submitted successfully but not longitude or latitude
information is returned.
401: No right
400: error occurs during request parsing.
404: legal request, but the queried BS is not included.
408: parsing times out.
500: internal error of server
Example
AT+CIPGSMLOC
OK
+CIPGSMLOC:{"location":{"lat":22.6824031166
13813,"lng":113.99042272056248},"accuracy":
0.0}
+CIPGSMLOC: OK
Single-BS positioning request is executed
successfully in State Grid mode.
The module reports location coordinates.
AT+CIPGSMLOC
+CIPGSMLOC: CONTACT FAIL
The server domain name fails to be translated.
AT+CIPGSMLOC
+CIPGSMLOC: LINK FAIL
The connection to the server fails to be set up.
AT+CIPGSMLOC
OK
+CIPGSMLOC: 404
+CIPGSMLOC: FAIL
The location request is sent successfully, but the
queried BS is not included.
AT+CIPGSMLOC=1
OK
AT+CIPGSMLOC=1
+CIPGSMLOC: LINK NOT FREE
Request multi-BS positioning.
Last request has not been responded.
AT+CIPGSMLOC=0
OK
End the request
AT+CIPGSMLOC=1
OK
+CIPGSMLOC:{"location":{"lat":22.6896466286
71216,
Request multi-BS positioning in standard mode is
executed successfully.
The module reports its location coordinates.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 17 GSM Location Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 217
"lng":113.98586121790129},"accuracy":0.0}
+CIPGSMLOC: OK
17.2 AT+SERVINFO–Query Server Information
To query server information.
This command is available to GSM network querying, for other networks, only OK is returned.
After the module is started and registers the network, send this command to query the information of
the current base station server.
If the network encounters abnormality, no server information is returned.
<TA> is valid only when the module is in GSM communication or GPRS data receiving/sending status.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SERVINFO<CR>
+SERVINFO:
<ARFCN>,<dBm>,<OperorName>,<NetCode>,<BSIC>,<LA
C>,<TA>,<GPRS>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ARFCN> absolute RF channel number of the base station system
<dBm> RSSI (dBm)
<OperorName> operator name (character string type)
<NetCode> network code (digit format, MCC+MNC)
<BSIC> base station ID (hexadecimal format)
<LAC> location area code, (hexadecimal format)
<TA> timing advance (255 when the network is idle; valid values range from 0 to 63)
<GPRS> to support GPRS or not
1: support
0: not support
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 17 GSM Location Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 218
Example
AT+SERVINFO
20,-66,"China Mobile","46000",1A,286F,0,1
OK
Query server information
AT+SERVINFO
OK
No server information
17.3 AT+POSI–Querying Base Station Information
To query the base station information
This command is available to GSM network querying, for other networks, only OK will be returned by
executing this command.
If no cell is found, the module returns OK.
If there are multiple pieces of base station information, the data circulates between MCC and ENDED.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+POSI=MODE<CR>
<CR><LF>+POSI: MODE,MCC,MNC,LAC,CI,BSIC,
RxLev,ENDED
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
MODE 1, indicates that all base station information will be read
MCC Country code (460 indicates China)
MNC mobile network code, hexadecimal. China Mobile is 0 or 2.
LAC area code, hexadecimal
CI Cell ID, hexadecimal
BSIC base station ID (hexadecimal format)
RxLev signal strength of the base station, expressed by 1 to 64
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 17 GSM Location Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 219
ENDED end symbol. 0 indicates there is more base station information; 1 indicates that this
is the last line of the base station information.
Example
AT+POSI=1
+POSI: 1,460,00,27A8,EA7,1D,7,1
OK
Obtain the information of one base station.
AT+POSI=1
+POSI:
1,460,00,286F,FCB,1A,63,0,460,00,286F,107F,2,24,0
,460,00,286F,F3F,7,21,0,460,00,286F,107D,28,22,0,
460,00,286F,107E,24,28,0,460,00,286F,FCA,14,25,1
OK
Obtain the information of multiple base stations
AT+POSI
OK
No mode is selected
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 18 ADC Temperature Collection Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 220
18 ADC Temperature Collection Command
18.1 AT$MYADCTEMP–Querying Environment
Temperature
To query the environment temperature
Peripheral circuit support is required.
Refer to Neoway temperature sensing scheme.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYADCTEMP=<mode><CR>
<CR><LF>$MYADCTEMP: <temp>,<volt>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Selection of the temperature sensing scheme.
0: temperature and voltage at ADC port
1: reserved
OVL the temperature exceeds the lower threshold -40 °
OVH the temperature exceeds the higher threshold 95 °C
Example
AT$MYADCTEMP=0
$MYADCTEMP: 10,350
OK
Get the temperature and voltage at the ADC port.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 221
19 Time Synchronization Commands
19.1 AT+UPDATETIME–Updating Time to Network
To update the module time to the network time
Set up a PPP link (AT+XIIC=1) before sending this command. Send AT+CCLK? to query whether
RTC is synchronized to the current network time after this command is sent successfully.
The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Set
AT+UPDATETIME=<mode>
[,<serv_ip>, <time>[[,<TZ>]
[,<DST>]]]<CR>
<mode>=0
<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: Last Update Time
yyyy-mm-dd,hh: mm: ss<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<mode>=1
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: <result code><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>Time Updating,Please Wait... <CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: <result code><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>Time Updating,Please Wait... <CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: Update To yyyy-mm-dd,hh:
mm: ss <CR><LF>
Query AT+UPDATETIME?<CR>
<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: <serv_ip>,<time>,
<TZ>,<DST><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+UPDATETIME=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: (value range of <mode>),,
(value range of <time>),,(value range of <DST>)<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 222
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 60s.
Parameter
<mode> 0: query mode. Query when the time was updated to the network time last time.
1: setting mode. Synchronize the time to the network time.
<serv_ip> IP address of the time server, in form of xx.xx.xx.xx or domain name
The following time servers support time update: time.windows.com, time.nist.gov, etc.
<time> Timeout period, ranging from 1 to 30, unit: second
<TZ> Time zone, in format of E/W+digits; E8 by default
E: east time zone, 0 to 13
W: west time zone, 0 to 12
0: zero time zone
<DST> Daylight Saving Time
1: select DST auto-adjustment
0: not select (by default)
<result code> ⚫ No PPP Link
⚫ Time Updating,Please Wait...
⚫ Time Out
⚫ Time Data Is Null
⚫ Send Request Fail
⚫ Domain Name Invalid
⚫ Socket Error
Example
AT+UPDATETIME=0
+UPDATETIME: Last Update Time 2014-03-31, 11:10:26
OK
Query when the time was updated last time.
AT+UPDATETIME=0
+UPDATETIME: Last Update Time 0000-00-00, 00:00:00
OK
Query when the time was updated last time.
The time was not updated.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,210.72.145.44,10
+UPDATETIME: No PPP Link
Set up a PPP link.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,120.25.108.11,10,"E8",0
OK
+UPDATETIME: Time Out
Time out
AT+UPDATETIME=1,210.72.145.44,10
OK
Time Updating,Please Wait...
Update the time to that of the server
210.72.145.44.
Timeout period is 10 seconds.
East time zone 8 by default
No DST
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 223
+UPDATETIME: Time Out Time update times out because of network
congestion.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,128.138.141.172,10,"E8",0
OK
Time Updating,Please Wait...
+UPDATETIME: Update To 2014-03-31,11:32:55
Update the time to that of the server
128.138.141.172.
Timeout period is 10 seconds.
East time zone 8 by default
No DST
Time is updated successfully.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,time.windows.com,10,"W12",1
OK
Time Updating,Please Wait...
+UPDATETIME: Update To 2014-04-12,15:17:48
Update time to that of time.windows.com.
Timeout period is 10 seconds.
Select west time zone 12.
Select DST.
Time is updated successfully.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,185.255.55.20,10,"E8:15"
OK
Time Updating,Please Wait...
+UPDATETIME: Update To 2019-11-21,13:56:47
AT+UPDATETIME=1,185.255.55.20,10,"E8:30"
OK
Time Updating,Please Wait...
+UPDATETIME: Update To 2019-11-21,14:11:26
AT+UPDATETIME=1,185.255.55.20,10,"E8:45"
OK
Time Updating,Please Wait...
+UPDATETIME: Update To 2019-11-21,14:27:12
AT+UPDATETIME=1,128.138.141.172,10,"W12",1
OK
+UPDATETIME: Send Request Fail
Time update request sending fails.
The reason probably is bad network connection
or inability to support time update.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,time.windows.com,10,"W12",1
OK
+UPDATETIME: Domain Name Invalid
The domain name is invalid. The possible
reason is the SIM (USIM) card is out of credit.
AT+UPDATETIME=1,time.windows.com,10,"W12",1
OK
+UPDATETIME: Socket Error
Socket error.
The possible reason might be network
congestion.
AT+UPDATETIME?
+UPDATETIME: 128.138.141.172,10,"E8",0
Query the IP address of the server to which
the time is updated and the timeout period,
time zone, and DTS.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 224
OK
AT+UPDATETIME=?
+UPDATETIME: (0-1),,(1-30),,(0-1)
OK
Query the value range of parameters.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 225
20 Network Sharing Commands
20.1 AT+NETSHAREACT–Enabling Network Sharing
To enable network sharing.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
AT+NETSHAREACT=<cid>,
<action>,<auto>[,<APN>[,<u
sername>[,<passwd>[,<autht
ype>[,<ip_family>]]]]]
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+NETSHAREACT?
<CR><LF>+NETSHAREACT:<stat>,<auto>,<err_c
ode>,<wx_stat>,<PDP_type>,<share_mode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+NETSHAREACT=?
<CR><LF>+NETSHAREACT:(range of <cid>
value),(range of <action> value),(range of <auto>
value),<APN>,<username>,<passwd>,(range of
<authtype> value)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<cid> PDP context, ranging from 1 to 11
<action> Action
0: stop
1: start
<auto> Specify whether to enable network sharing automatically after the module is
powered on.
0: manual
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 226
1: auto
<APN> Access Point Name, ranging from 0 to 99
<user_name> User name, ranging from 0 to 255
<passwd> password, ranging from 0 to 255
<auth_type> Authentication type
0: NONE
1: PAP (default)
2: CHAP
3: PAP and CHAP
<ip_family> IP family
4: IPv4 (Default)
6: IPv6
10: IPv4_6
<share_mode> RNDIS/ECM
<stat> 0: disconnect
1: connect
<atuo> 0: manual
1: auto
<err_code> Not supported
<wx_stat> Notsupported
<PDP_type> IPv4
Example
AT+NETSHAREACT=2,1,0,ctnet,card,card,1
OK
Enable network sharing.
Disable automatic sharing after power on
AT+NETSHAREACT=1,1,0,ctnet,card,card,1,6
OK
IPv6 dialup
network sharing is not supported
AT+NETSHAREACT=?
+NETSHAREACT: (0-11),(0-1),(0-1),"apn","user",
"passwd",(0-3)
OK
Query the parameter ranges.
AT+NETSHAREACT?
+NETSHAREACT: 0,0,,,"IPV4",RNDIS
OK
Query the network sharing status.
20.2 AT$QCRMCALL–RMNET Dialup
To enable network sharing.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 227
Format
Type Command Response
Execute
AT$QCRMCALL=<Action>,<Ins
tance>[,<IPType>[,<Tech
Pref>[,<umts
profilenumber>[,<cdma profile
number>[,<APN>]]]]]
<CR><LF>$QCRMCALL:
<Instance>,<IPType><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF><NO CARRIER><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF><ERROR><CR><LF
Query AT$QCRMCALL?
<CR><LF>$QCRMCALL:
<Instance>,<IPType><CR><LF
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT$QCRMCALL=?
<CR><LF>$QCRMCALL: (value range of supported
<action>),(value range of supported <Instance>),(value
range of supported <IP Type>),(value range of
supported <Tech Pref>),(value range of supported
<profile num>)<CR><LF
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<Action> specifies whether to enable RMNET dialup
0: Stop
1: Start
<Instance> 1 - 8
<IP Type> IP type
1: IPv4
2: IPv6
3: IPv4v6
<Tech Pref> technology standard
1: 3GPP2
2: 3GPP
<umts_profile> profile number,
1 to 24
<cdma profile
number>
<APN> APN name
maximum of 100 bytes
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 228
Example
AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,1
$QCRMCALL: 1,V4
OK
Enable the RMNet dialup.
AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,1
NO CARRIER
Failed to activate or network abnormality.
AT$QCRMCALL?
$QCRMCALL: 1,V4
OK
Query the status of RMNet dialup.
The instance number and IP type are returned.
RMNet dialup is enabled successfully.
AT$QCRMCALL?
OK
RMNet dialup is not enabled successfully.
AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,4
ERROR
Parameters are set incorrectly.
AT$QCRMCALL=?
$QCRMCALL:
(0-1),(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8),(1-3),(1-2),(1-24,100-179),,
OK
Query the value ranges of parameters.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 21 Statistics on Data Traffic
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 229
21 Statistics on Data Traffic
21.1 AT+FLOWCALC–Statistics on Total Data Traffic
To collect the statistics on total data bytes that the module transmits and receives.
This command supports only statistics on data that the module transmitted and received using
external protocols since it was connected to the network last time.
This command is available in the V003 and later versions.
Format
Type Command Response
Query AT+FLOWCALC?<CR> <CR><LF>+FLOWCALC: <rx_count>,<tx_count>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<rx_count> Total data the module received, unit byte
<tx_count> Total data the module transmitted, unit byte
Example
AT+FLOWCALC?
+FLOWCALC: 1355,1260
OK
Query the total data that the module transmitted
and received.
AT+FLOWCALC?
+FLOWCALC: 0,0
OK
Query the total data that the module transmitted
and received.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 21 Statistics on Data Traffic
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 230
21.2 AT+RATECALC–Statistics on Transient Traffic
To collect statistics on transient data bytes that the module transmits and receives within 100ms.
This command supports only statistics on data that the module transmitted and received using
external protocols.
This command is available in the V003 and later versions.
Format
Type Command Response
Query AT+RATECALC?<CR> <CR><LF>+RATECALC: <rx_count>,<tx_count>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: disable
1: enable
Example
AT+RATECALC?
+RATECALC: 1355,1260
OK
Query the total data that the module transmitted
and received within 100ms.
AT+RATECALC?
+RATECALC: 0,0
OK
Query the total data that the module transmitted
and received within 100ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 231
22 SIM Card Operating Commands
22.1 AT+CCHO–Enabling Logical Channel of SIM Card
To enable the logical channel of SIM card.
Do not use the default AID.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CCHO=<dfname><CR>
<CR><LF>+CCHO: <sessionid><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CCHO=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CCHO=<dfname><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<dfname> AID, a string of 12 to 32 characters (the length must be an event number)
Example
AT+CCHO=a0000000871002ff86ffff89ffffffff
+CCHO: 1
OK
Enable logical channel.
AT+CCHO=?
+CCHO=<dfname>
OK
Query the setting.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 232
22.2 AT+CCHC–Disabling Logical Channel of SIM Card
To disable the logical channel of the SIM card.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CCHC=<sessionid><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CCHC=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CCHC: <sessionid><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<sessionid> session ID returned to +CCHO.
Example
AT+CCHC=1
OK Disable logical channel.
AT+CCHC=?
+CCHC=<sessionid>
OK
Query the setting.
22.3 AT+CGLA–Sending APDU Command
To send APDU command through the logical channel of the SIM card.
For details about the format of APDU commands, see the 3GPP protocol.
Format
Type Command Response
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 233
Execute AT+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length
>,<command><CR>
<CR><LF>+CGLA:
<sessionid>,<length>,<command><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Test AT+CGLA=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length>,<command>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<sessionid> session ID returned to +CCHO.
<length> command length
<command> APDU command
Example
AT+CGLA=1,10,81F2000000
+CGLA:
118,"6237820278218410A0000000871002FF86FFFF89FFFFFFFFA50
C8001718201FF830400004B5C8A01058B032F0607C60990014083010
18301819000"
OK
Send APDU command.
AT+CGLA=?
+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length>,<command>
OK
Query the setting.
22.4 AT+SIMCARDCONFIG–Enabling/Disabling SIM
Card
To enable/disable SIM card.
The setting by this command is not saved after the module is powered down.
This command is used only after the SIM card is installed successfully. If no SIM card is inserted, this
command is invalid.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 234
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+SIMCARDCONFIG=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SIMCARDCONFIG?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIMCARDCONFIG: <n><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: invalid operation or initializing
1: disable SIM card
2: enable SIM card
Example
AT+SIMCARDCONFIG=1
OK Disable SIM card
AT+SIMCARDCONFIG?
+SIMCARDCONFIG: 1
OK
Query the status of the SIM card.
The SIM card is disabled.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 23 SIM Card Information
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 235
23 SIM Card Information
23.1 AT+SPN–Reading SPN from SIM EF
To read the service provider name (SPN) from the SIM EF.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SPN<CR>
<CR><LF>+SPN: SPN
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+SPN
+SPN: "CMCC"
OK
The SPN is CMCC.
AT+SPN
ERROR The SIM card is not identified.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 23 SIM Card Information
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 236
23.2 AT+CPINR–Querying Retries of PIN/PUK
To query retries of PIN/PUK to unlock SIM.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CPINR[=<sel_code>]<CR>
<CR><LF>+CPINR:
<code>,<retries>,<default_retries><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<sel_code> character string, SIM PIN or SIM PUK.
<code> Querying status, SIM PIN or SIM PUK.
<retries> integer, current remaining retries of PIN/PUK.
<default_retries> integer, default retries of PIN/PUK.
Example
AT+CPINR=”SIM PIN”
+CPINR: SIM PIN,2,3
OK
The remaining retries of PIN is 2.
AT+CPINR=”SIM PUK”
+CPINR: SIM PUK,9,10
OK
The remaining retries of PUK is 9.
AT+CPINR=”SIM PIN”
ERROR The SIM card is not identified.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 24 NITZ Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 237
24 NITZ Commands
24.1 AT+CTZU–Automatic Time Zone Update
To enable and disable automatic time zone update on the device.
The setting by this command is saved after the module is powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+CTZU=[<onoff>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Query AT+CTZU?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CTZU: <onoff><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<onoff> integer type
0: disable automatic time zone update (default)
1: enable automatic time zone update
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 24 NITZ Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 238
Example
AT+CTZU=1
OK Enable automatic time zone update.
AT+CTZU?
+CTZU: 1
OK
Query the NITZ status.
Automatic time zone update is enabled.
24.2 AT+CTZR–Reporting Time Zone Changes
To report the time zone changes.
To update local time, execute +CCLK.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+CTZR=<reporting><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Query AT+CTZR?<CR>
<CR><LF>+CTZR: <reporting><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>
Unsolicited
report
⚫ +CTZV: <tz><CR>
⚫ +CTZE: <tz>, <dst>, [<time>]<CR>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 24 NITZ Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 239
Parameter
<reporting> integer type
0: disable report of time zone changes. (default)
1: enable unsolicited report of time zone changes by +CTZV: <tz>.
+CTZV: <tz>.
2: enable unsolicited time zone report by +CTZE:<tz>, <dst>, [<time>].
+CTZE:<tz>, <dst>, [<time>].
<tz> local time zone (every 15 minutes as a unit), a character string in format of ±zz. zz
indicates two integrals, and the value ranges from -96 to +96. Keep these values in
a fixed length. For example, use “-09” or “+09” to represent -9 or +9.
<dst> indicates whether to adjust the day light saving time, integer type.
0: no adjustment
1: +1 hour adjustment
2: +2 hour adjustment
<time> local time, a character string in the format YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss. MT obtains
the local time from the information that the network provides.
Example
AT+CTZR=1
OK Enable reporting
AT+CTZR?
+CTZR: 1
OK
Query the report status
Unsolicited report is enabled.
+CTZV: “+32” The time zone is UTC+8.
+CTZE: “+32”,0,2018/10/13,15:32:33 Report the local time.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 240
25 LWM2M Function Commands
25.1 AT+NLWSERV–LWM2M Server Parameter
Configuration
To configure the URL and port of the connected LWM2M server.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWSERV=<url>,<port><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+NLWSERV? <CR><LF>+NLWSERV: <url>,<port><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<url> URL of the connected LWM2M server.
<port> Port of the connected LWM2M server.
Example
AT+NLWSERV=58.60.184.213,12009
OK Configure the URL and port of the connected LWM2M server.
AT+NLWSERV?
+NLWSERV: "58.60.184.213",12009
OK
Configure parameters of the connected LWM2M server.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 241
25.2 AT+NLWCONF–Configuring the LWM2M Connection
Parameters
To configure the LWM2M connection parameters.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWCONF=<endpointnam
e>,<lifetime><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+NLWCONF?<CR> <CR><LF>+NLWCONF: <endpointname>,<lifetime>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<endpointname> Endpoint name of the device.
<lifetime> Lifetime of the device connection.
Example
AT+NLWCONF=neo_lwm2m_client2,60
OK Configure the LWM2M connection parameters.
AT+NLWCONF?
+NLWCONF: "lwm2m_client2",60
OK
Query the LWM2M connection parameters.
25.3 AT+NLWDTLSCFG –Configuring the LWM2M
Encrypted Connection Parameters
To configure the LWM2M encrypted connection parameters.
When adding a certificate for encryption, you must first use AT+CERTADD to add the certificate to the
module.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 242
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWDTLSCFG=<dtls_mod
e>[,dtls_val,…]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+NLWDTLSCFG?<CR>
<CR><LF>+NLWDTLSCFG:
<dtls_mode>[,dtls_val,…]<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<dtls_mode> Encrypted connection mode.
0: Pre-Shared Key mode
1: Raw Public Key mode
2: Certificate mode
3: NoSec mode (default)
<dtls_val> Parameters required for the encryption mode.
When dtls_mode = 0:
AT+NLWDTLSCFG =0,<psk_identity>,<psk _key>
Where, psk _key must be in HEX format.
When dtls_mode = 1:
AT+NLWDTLSCFG =1,<cli_prikey>,<cli_pubkey>,<ser_pubkey>
It is currently not supported.
When dtls_mode = 2:
AT+NLWDTLSCFG =2,<cli_prikey>,<cli_cert>,<ser_cert>,
<cli_prikey>: client private key name.
<cli_cert>: client certificate name.
<ser _cert>: server certificate name.
The certificate is added by the AT+CERTADD command.
When dtls_mode = 3:
AT+NLWDTLSCFG =3
Example
AT+NLWDTLSCFG=0,public_pn,3031323334
OK Configure PSK encryption for the LWM2M DTLS connection.
AT+NLWDTLSCFG=2,clikey,clicert,sercert
OK
Configure certificate encryption for the LWM2M DTLS
connection.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 243
AT+NLWDTLSCFG?
+NLWDTLSCONF:
2,"clikey","clicert","sercert"
OK
Query the LWM2M DTLS connection parameters.
25.4 AT+NLWADDOBJ–Adding an LWM2M Object
To add an LWM2M object.
The three objects, including security, server, and devices, are added by default when the client
connection is set up.
This command can be added before and after the connection is set up.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWADDOBJ=<obj_id>,[<ins_
id>[,<res_id>]]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWADDOBJ: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWADDOBJ:
FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.
<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.
<res_id> Int type, Resources ID number.
Example
AT+FTPSTATUS
+FTPSTATUS:1,119.139.221.66,21
Query the FTP link status.
Set up an FTP link, and display the IP address and port
ID of the server.
AT+FTPSTATUS
+FTPSTATUS:0,0.0.0.0,21
Query the FTP link status.
The FTP connection is not set up yet.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 244
25.5 AT+NLWDELOBJ– Deleting an LWM2M Object
To delete an LWM2M object.
This command can be added before and after the connection is set up.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWDELOBJ=<obj_
id><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWDELOBJ: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWDELOBJ: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.
Example
AT+NLWDELOBJ=31024
OK
+NLWDELOBJ: OK
Delete test object
AT+NLWDELOBJ=31024
OK
+NLWDELOBJ: FAIL,<-132>
Fail to delete test object
25.6 AT+NLWOPEN–Setting up LWM2M Connection
To set the LWM2M data receiving mode and set up the connection.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 245
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWOPEN=<mode><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWOPEN: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWOPEN: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> LWM2M data receiving mode.
0: Direct push mode
1: Buffer access mode
Example
AT+NLWOPEN=0
OK
+NLWOPEN: OK
Set the LWM2M data receiving mode and set up the connection.
25.7 AT+NLWUPDATE–Updating LWM2M Data
To send and update the LWM2M request.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWUPDATE<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWUPDATE: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWUPDATE: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 246
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+NLWUPDATE
OK
+NLWUPDATE: OK
LWM2M data updated successfully
25.8 AT+NLWDATASEND–Sending LWM2M Data
To send LWM2M data.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWDATASEND=<obj_id>,<i
ns_id>,<res_id>,<date><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWDATASEND: OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
<CR><LF>+NLWDATASEND:
FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.
<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.
<res_id> Int type, Resources ID.
<date> Data to be sent, ranging from 1 to 1024.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 247
Example
AT+NLWDATASEND=3,0,9,50
OK
+NLWDATASEND: OK
Send data "50" to the /3/0/9 resource.
25.9 AT+NLWDATASTATUS – Querying LWM2M Sending
Status
To query the LWM2M sending status.
The initial NLWDATASTATUS is 4.
Format
Type Command Response
Query AT+NLWDATASTATUS?<CR>
<CR><LF>+NLWDATASTATUS:<status><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<status> LWM2M sending status.
0: Not sent.
1: Waiting for a response after sending.
2: Failed to send.
3: Sending timeout.
4: Sent successfully.
Example
AT+NLWDATASTATUS?
+NLWDATASTATUS: 4
OK
Query the LWM2M sending status.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 248
25.10 AT+NLWDATASEND–Reading LWM2M Data
To read the LWM2M data received in Buffer access mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWRD=<read_len><CR>
<CR><LF>+NLWRD:<read_actual_length>,<remain
_length><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<read_len> The length of data read.
Example
+NLWDATARECV: 1,0,2,2
AT+NLWRD =2
+NLWRD: 2,0
60
OK
After the uploaded data is received, read 2 bytes of data.
25.11 AT+NLWSTATUS – Querying LWM2M Connection
Status
To query the LWM2M connection status.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 249
Format
Type Command Response
Query AT+NLWSTATUS?<CR>
<CR><LF>+NLWSTATUS:<status><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<status> LWM2M connection status
0: INITIAL
1: BOOTSTRAP_REQUIRED
2: BOOTSTRAPPING
3: REGISTER_REQUIRED
4: REGISTERING
5: READY (The connection is successfully set up.)
Example
AT+NLWSTATUS?
+NLWSTATUS: 5
OK
Query the LWM2M status
25.12 AT+NLWCLOSE–Closing LWM2M Connection
To close an LWM2M connection.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWCLOSE<CR>
<CR><LF>+NLWCLOSE: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 250
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT+NLWCLOSE
OK
+NLWCLOSE: OK
Close the LWM2M connection.
25.13 AT+NLWCFG–ConfiguringLWM2M Optional
Parameters
To configure the LWM2M optional parameters.
If the configured data sending type is HEX, the data sent by the +NLWDATASEND command must be
in HEX format.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NLWCFG=<type>,<type_value1>[,<type
_value2>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<type> Optional parameter type.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 251
<type_value1>[,<type_value2>] Optional parameter value.
The following types are supported currently:
Dataformat: Sent and received data format.
Dataformat parameters: <send_data_format>,
<recv_data_format>
0: text format, 1: hex format
bootstrap: Whether to connect to the Bootstrap server.
family: 4: Use the IPv4 mode for auto connection. 6: Use the IPv6
mode for auto connection.
factory_save: 2: Save the connection parameters to the EFS file
system.
Example
AT+NLWCFG=DATAFORMAT,1,0
OK
Set the data sending format to the hex format and the
data receiving format to the text format.
AT+NLWCFG=BOOTSTRAP,1
OK Open a connection to the Bootstrap server.
25.14 AT+NLWOBSERVE–Unsolicited Report of
Observation Mode
Unsolicited report of observation mode.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +NLWOBSERVE:<flag>,<obj_id>,<ins_id>,<res_id><CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<flag> Indicates whether the observe mode is enabled.
0: Enable the observe mode.
1: Disable the observe mode.
<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.
<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 252
<res_id> Int type, Resources ID. When res_id=65535, the operated object is the entire
instance, including all resources of the instance.
Example
+NLWOBSERVE: 0,1,0,0 Start to observe the /1/0/0 resource.
+NLWOBSERVE: 0,1,0,65535 Start to observe all the /1/0 resources.
25.15 AT+NLWDATARECV–Unsolicited Report of Data
Reception
Unsolicited report of data reception.
If the buffer access mode is configured upon setup of the connection, only the latest data record is
cached, and the previous records are cleared.
The display format of <data> is determined by the setting of data format.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report +NLWDATARECV:<obj_id>,<ins_id>,<res_id>,<length>[,<data>] <CR>
Timeout
N/A.
Parameter
<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.
<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.
<res_id> Int type, Resources ID.
<length> Length of the data received.
<data> Received data. If the direct push mode is configured upon setup of the connection,
this data will be displayed. If the buffer access mode is configured upon setup of the
connection, this data will be cached and can be read by using the +NLWRD
command.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 253
Example
+NLWDATARECV: 3,0,13,10,"1554346580" Receive the report indicating that the resource /3/0/13
observation starts.
25.16 AT+NLWDATASET–Setting Data
To set the resource value/setting reporting conditions.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT++NLWDATASET=<data>,<type>,<obj_id>
,<obj_ins_id>,<res_id>[,<res_ins_id>] <CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.
<obj_ins_id> Int type, Object Instance ID.
<res_id> Int type, Resources ID.
<res_ins_id> Int type, Resources Instance ID.
<type> Data type:
1 to 2: NLWDATASET is used to fill the value of the resource. <type> represents
the data type of <data>:
1) Integer
2) String
4 to 9: Set the conditions for reporting the resource value or setting:
4) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the time since the previous check of the
resource value is less than <data> (unit: second), the current change of the
resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be reported.
5) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the time since the previous check of the
resource value is greater than <data>, the current change of the resource value
will be reported; otherwise it will not be reported.
6) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the resource value is greater than
<data>, the current resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be
reported.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 254
7) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the resource value is less than <data>,
the current resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be reported.
8) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the change amount of resource value
changed compared with that in the previous check is greater than <data>, the
current change of the resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be
reported.
9) Set the condition as reporting unconditionally.
-4 to -8: Cancel the configured reporting conditions.
<data> Fill in the resource value (integer/string) or set the reporting standard (integer).
Example
AT+ NLWDATASET=1
ERROR
AT+ NLWDATASET=160,1,1,0,1
OK
The command format is incorrect.
The resource 1/0/1 resource is successfully set to 160.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 26 FOTA Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 255
26 FOTA Command
26.1 AT+NEOFOTA–FOTA Command
To control the firmware-over-the-air of the module.
Do NOT power down or restart the module during the upgrade.
If the baud rate is set to automatic detection, send AT\r\n to detect the baud rate and then the module
returns the upgrade result.
+NEOFOTA: GPRS DISCONNECTION is returned if PDP context is not activated.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NEOFTPFOTA=<url>,<port>,
<user>,<pwd>,<pkt_name><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
Failed to download the upgrade package.
<CR><LF>+NEODOWNLOAD: FAIL<CR><LF>
Or
The upgrade package is downloaded
successfully.
<CR><LF>+NEODOWNLOAD:
SUCCESS<CR><LF>
Or
Start to upgrade.
<CR><LF>+NEOUPDATE: START<CR><LF>
Or
Upgrade successfully.
<CR><LF>+NEOUPDATE: SUCCESS<CR><LF>
Failed to upgrade.
<CR><LF>+NEOUPDATE: FAIL<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 26 FOTA Command
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 256
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<url> IP address of the server
<port> Port number of the server
<user> User name
<pwd> Password
<pkt_name> File name of the upgrade package
Example
AT+NEOFTPFOTA=58.60.184.213,12008,neoway,neoway,update-V013C-V013B.zip
OK
+NEODOWNLOAD:SUCCESS
+NEOUPDATE:START
+NEOUPDATE:SUCCESS
Start to upgrade.
The upgrade package is
downloaded successfully.
Start to upgrade.
Upgrade successfully.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 257
27 Other AT Commands
27.1 AT$MYPOWEROFF–Powering Off the Module
To power off the module.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYPOWEROFF<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
N/A.
Example
AT$MYPOWEROFF
OK
Power off the module.
27.2 AT$MYSOCKETLED–Controlling the Indicator of
Socket Status
To control the indicator of socket status.
This command is used to control the LED indicator when the socket is connected complying with
external protocol stack.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 258
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYSOCKETLED=<ONOFF><CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ONOFF> Indicates the socket status, integer type.
0: The LED status when the socket is not connected.
1: The LED status when the socket is connected.
Example
AT$MYSOCKETLED=1
OK
27.3 AT$MYGMR–Obtaining the Version Information of
the Module
To obtain the version information of the module firmware and hardware.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYGMR<CR>
<CR><LF><module_manufacture>
<CR><LF><module_model>
<CR><LF><firmware_version>
<CR><LF><firmware_release_date>
<CR><LF><module_hardware_version>
<CR><LF><module_hardware_release_date>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 259
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<module_manufacture> Manufacture code, 4 bytes in ASCII format.
<module_model> Module mode, 8 bytes in ASCII format.
<firmware_version> Firmware version, 4 bytes in ASCII format.
<firmware_release_date> Firmware release date, DDMMYY, 6 bytes in ASCII format.
<module_hardware_version> Hardware version, 4 bytes in ASCII format.
<module_hardware_release
date>
Hardware release date
Example
AT$MYGMR
NEO6
N58
V001
121019
V1.0
020919
OK
27.4 AT$MYCCID–Obtaining the CCID of the SIM Card
To obtain the circuit card identifier (CCID) of the SIM card.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYCCID<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYCCID: <SIM_CCID>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 260
Parameter
<reversion> software version
Example
AT$MYCCID
$MYCCID: "89860112965403839541"
OK
AT$MYCCID
ERROR
Query the CCID of the SIM card.
Error is returned because no SIM card is installed.
27.5 AT$MYTYPE–Querying the Type of the Module
To query the software version.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYTYPE?<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYTYPE:
<mode>,<network_type>,<extended_feature>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Work mode. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.
1 at bit 0: supporting transparent mode
1 at bit 1: supporting non-transparent mode
<network_type> Network type. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.
1 at bit 0: GSM network supports GPRS
1 at bit 1: WCDMA network
1 at bit 2: TD-SCDMA network
1 at bit 3: CDMA 2000
1 at bit 4: CDMA EVDO
1 at bit 5: LTE
1 at bit 6: PSTN
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 261
1 at bit 7: extending one byte
<extended_feature> Extended feature. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.
1 at bit 0: supporting GPS positioning function
1 at bit 1: supporting BeiDou positioning function
1 at bit 7: extending one byte
Example
AT$MYTYPE?
$MYTYPE: 03,3F,00
OK
27.6 AT$MYMODEM (Standards for Canton)–Querying
the Type of the Module
To query the type of the module.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYMODEM?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYMODEM: <mode>,<network_type>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Work mode. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.
1 at bit 0: supporting transparent mode
1 at bit 1: supporting non-transparent mode
<network_type> Network type. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit, 16-bit
1 at bit 0: GPRS
1 at bit 1: CDMA network
1 at bit 2: TD-SCDMA network
1 at bit 3: WCDMA
1 at bit 4: CDMA EVDO
1 at bit 5: TDD-LTE
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 262
1 at bit 6: FDD-LTE
Bits 8 to 15: Reserved
Example
AT$MYMODEM?
$MYMODEM: 03,7F00
OK
27.7 AT$MYBCCH–Locking BCCH Channel
To lock BCCH channel.
This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYBCCH=<mode>[,<bcch1>],[<
bcch2>],[<bcch3>]<CR>
Query AT$MYBCCH?<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYBCCH:
<bcch1>,<mcc1>,<mnc1>,<lac1>,<cell-id1>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT$MYBCCH=?<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYBCCH: (list
Of <mode>s),<bcch1>,…<bcch3>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Integer. The settings of locked channel can be saved after the module is powered off
only by running AT$MYBCCH=1,XX. If the BCCH locked does not exist or its signal is
weak, the module cannot register network.
0: Unlock
1: Lock the BCCH cell
2: List IDs of seven BCCH channels that have the strongest signals at current place.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 263
<bcch> channel ID
<num> the number of BCCH channels in the BA list (7 at most)
<mcc> Mobile country code
<mnc> Mobile network code
<lac> Location ID, four-byte characters in hexadecimal format
<cell-id> Cell ID, hexadecimal
Example
AT$MYBCCH=2
$MYBCCH: 115,460,03,2540,79BB
$MYBCCH: 113,460,03,2540,79BC
$MYBCCH: 111,460,03,2540,79BA
OK
List IDs of the BCCH channels that have the
strongest signals at current place.
AT$MYBCCH=1,120
OK
Lock channel 120.
AT$MYBCCH=?
$MYBCCH: (0,1,2), 120, 0, 0
OK
Query the value range of parameters in this
command. Channels 120 can be locked.
AT$MYBCCH?
$MYBCCH: 734, 460, 1, 2543, AB12
OK
Query channels that are locked currently.
AT$MYBCCH=0
OK
Unlock
27.8 AT$MYBAND–Locking GSM Band
To lock the specified GSM band.
This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYBAND=<band><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR: 980<CR><LF>
Query AT$MYBAND?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYBAND: <band>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 264
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<band> Band to be locked. The setting of this parameter will be saved after the module is
powered off.
0: Select a band automatically
1: GSM_EGSM_900
2: GSM_DCS_1800
Example
AT$MYBAND=1
OK
AT$MYBAND?
$MYBAND: 1
OK
27.9 AT$MYLACID–Querying Current LAC and CELL_ID
To query current LAC and CELL_ID.
This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYLACID<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYLACID: <LAC>,<CELL_ID>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 265
Parameter
<LAC> Location Area Code, hexadecimal
<CELL_ID> CELL_ID, hexadecimal
Example
AT$MYLACID
$MYLACID: 2543,a85d
OK
Query the current location of the user.
27.10 AT$MYCGED–Querying Current Channel, RX
Power and TX Power
To query current channel, RX power and TX power.
This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYCGED<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYCGED: <Channel>,<Rx power>,<Tx
power>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<channel> channel
<rx power> RX power, unit dBm
<tx power> TX power, unit dBm
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 266
Example
AT$MYCGED
$MYCGED: 48,-75,25
OK
The current channel is 48, RX power is -75 dBm, and TX power is 25dBm.
AT$MYCGED
$MYCGED: 48,-44,-1
OK
The current channel is 48, RX power is -44 dBm, and no TX power.
27.11 AT$MYSYSINFO–Querying or Locking the Network
Mode
To query or lock the network mode.
When the network mode is set to any non-AUTO mode, the module will automatically check the
network status.
⚫ If the module registers a network, it will determine whether the network is the mode set by the
command. The module will switch to the set network if the registered network is not the mode set
by the command.
⚫ If the module fails to register any network within interval set by $MYNETAUTO, the module will
automatically switch to the AUTO mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT$MYSYSINFO=<SysMode><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Execute AT$MYSYSINFO<CR <CR><LF>$MYSYSINFO: <Sys_Mode>,<mnc>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT$MYSYSINFO=?<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYSYSINFO: value range of
<SysMode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 267
Parameter
<Sys_Mode> Network mode
0: No service
2: 2G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA)
3: 3G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)
4: 4G (including FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)
5: 2G+3G (including GSM,EDGE,CDMA,WCDMA,TD-SCDMA,EVDO)
6: 2G+4G (including GSM,EDGE,CDMA,FDD-LTE,TDD-LTE)
7: 3G+4G (including WCDMA,TD-SCDMA,EVDO,FDD-LTE,TDD-LTE)
<mnc> Network carrier code
00: Fail to register
01: China Mobile
02: China Unicom
03: China Telecom
04: Unknown
Example
AT$MYSYSINFO
$MYSYSINFO: 4,01
OK
The module registered to the 4G network of China
Mobile.
AT$MYSYSINFO=1
OK
Set network mode to auto.
AT$MYSYSINFO=?
$MYSYSINFO: 1-7
OK
Query the value range of the parameter.
27.12 AT$MYSYSINFOURC–Enabling/Disabling Network
Mode Report
To enable/disable the network mode report of the module.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT$MYSYSINFOURC=<ONOFF><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT$MYSYSINFOURC?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYSYSINFOURC: <ONOFF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 268
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ONOFF> integer type
0: Disable network status report (default)
1: Enable network status report
Example
AT$MYSYSINFOURC=1
OK
27.13 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Enabling/Disabling Network
Mode Report
To enable/disable the network mode report of the module.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYURCSYSINFO=<ONOFF><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT$MYURCSYSINFO?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYURCSYSINFO: <ONOFF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ONOFF> integer type
0: Disable network status report (default)
1: Enable network status report
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 269
Example
AT$MYURCSYSINFO=1
OK
27.14 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Unsolicited Network Mode
Report
Unsolicited network mode report.
Format
Type Command
Unsolicited report <CR><LF>$MYURCSYSINFO: <SysMode>,<mnc><CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<SysMode> Network mode
0: No service
2: 2G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA)
3: 3G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)
4: 4G (including FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)
<mnc> Network carrier code
00: Fail to register
01: China Mobile
02: China Unicom
03: China Telecom
Example
AT$MYSYSINFOURC=1
OK
$MYURCSYSINFO: 3,01
The module registered the 3G network of China Mobile.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 270
27.15 AT$MYNETINFO–Setting Network Mode Choices
To set network mode choices.
When the network mode is set to any non-AUTO mode, the module will automatically check the
network status.
⚫ If the module registers a network, it will determine whether the network is the mode set by the
command. The module will switch to the set network if the registered network is not the mode set
by the command.
⚫ If the module fails to register any network within interval set by $MYNETAUTO, the module will
automatically switch to the AUTO mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT$MYNETINFO=<mode><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR:<err><CR><LF>
Query AT$MYNETINFO?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYNETINFO: <mode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT$MYNETINFO=?<CR>
<CR><LF>$MYNETINFO: (list of
supported<mode>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Network mode
1: AUTO
2: 2G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA)
3: 3G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)
4: 4G (including FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)
5: 2G+3G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)
6: 2G+4G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA, FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)
7: 3G+4G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO, FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 271
Example
AT$MYNETINFO=0
OK
AT$MYNETINFO?
$MYNETINFO: 0
OK
AT$MYNETINFO=?
$MYNETINFO: 1-7
OK
27.16 AT+GTUMODE–TD-Enabling/Disabling TD-SCDMA
Mode
To enable or disable the TD-SCDMA mode
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+GTUMODE=<ONOFF><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+GTUMODE?<CR> <CR><LF>+GTUMODE: <ONOFF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+GTUMODE=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+GTUMODE: (list of
supported<ONOFF>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ONOFF> 0: disable TD-SCDMA
2: enable TD-SCDMA
Example
AT+GTUMODE=0
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 272
OK
AT+GTUMODE?
+GTUMODE: 0
OK
AT+GTUMODE=?
+GTUMODE: 0,2
OK
27.17 AT$MYNETAUTO–Enabling/Disabling the Default
AUTO Network Modes during Startup
To query the software version
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT$MYNETAUTO=<ONOFF>[,<CYCLE>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT$MYNETAUTO?<CR> <CR><LF>+GTUMODE: <ONOFF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<ONOFF> 0: Disable the default AUTO network modes during startup
1: Enable the default AUTO network modes during startup
<CYCLE> the period that the module restores to auto mode after the network mode is
locked and the module failed to register with the network. This value ranges 3 to
1440 minutes, 3 minutes by default.
Example
AT$MYNETAUTO=0
OK
AT$MYNETAUTO?
$MYNETAUTO: 0,3
OK
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 273
27.18 AT^SYSCONFIG–Setting Network Mode Choices
To set network mode choices.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT^SYSCONFIG=<mode>,<acqorder
>,<roam>,<srvdomain><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT^SYSCONFIG?<CR>
<CR><LF>^SYSCONFIG:<mode>,<acqorder>,<
roam>,<srvdomain><CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Network mode
2: AUTO
13: GSM
14: WCDMA
15: TD-SCDMA
16: No change
17: LTE
18: GSM/TDS-CDMA
19: GSM/LTE
20: TDS-CDMA/LTE
21: GSM/WCDMA
22: TDS-CDMA/WCDMA
23: WCDMA/LTE
24: TDS-CDMA/GSM/LTE
25: TDS-CDMA/WCDMA/LTE
26: TDS-CDMA/WCDMA/GSM
27: WCDMA/GSM/LTE
28: others (this value cannot be set but can be queried)
<acqorder> Network access order
0: AUTO
1: GSM, TD-SCDMA, LTE
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 274
2: TD-SCDMA, GSM, LTE
3: No change
4: GSM, LTE, TD-SCDMA
5: TD-SCDMA, LTE, GSM
6: LTE, TD-SCDMA, GSM
7: LTE, GSM, TD-SCDMA
8: GSM, WCDMA, LTE
9: WCDMA, GSM, LTE
10: GSM, LTE, WCDMA
11: WCDMA, LTE, GSM
12: LTE, WCDMA, GSM
13: LTE, GSM, WCDMA
14: TD-SCDMA, WCDMA, LTE
15: WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, LTE
16: TD, LTE, WCDMA
17: WCDMA, LTE, TD-SCDMA
18: LTE, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA
19: LTE, TD-SCDMA, WCDMA
20: TD-SCDMA, WCDMA, GSM
21: WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, GSM
22: TD-SCDMA, GSM, WCDMA
23: WCDMA, GSM, TD-SCDMA
24: GSM, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA
25: GSM, TD-SCDMA, WCDMA
<roam> Roam
0: Not support
1: Roam
2: No change
<srvdomain> Domain setting
0: CS_ONLY
1: PS_ONLY
2: CS_PS
3: ANY
4: No change
Example
AT^SYSCONFIG=13,2,1,2
OK set system configurations.
AT^SYSCONFIG?
^SYSCONFIG: 2,2,0,2
OK
Query system configurarions.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 275
27.19 AT^SYSINFO–Obtaining System Information
To obtain system information.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT^SYSINFO<CR>
<CR><LF>^SYSINFO: <srv_status>,<srv_domain>,
<roam_status>,<sys_mode>,<sim_state>
[,[<reserve>],<sys_submode>] <CR><LF>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<srv_status> 0: No service
1: Limited service
2: Service
3: Service with area limit
4: power saving
<srv_domain> 0: No service
1: CS only
2: PS only
3: PS + CS
4: EPS service
<roam_status> 0: Non-roaming
1: Roaming
<sys_mode> 0: No service
1: AMPS mode
2: CDMA mode
3: GSM mode
4: EVDO mode or TDS mode
5: WCDMA mode
6: GPS mode
7: GSM and WCDMA mode
8: CDMA Hybrid mode
9: LTE mode
10: GSM, WCDMA, and LTE mode
<sim_state> 0: invalid
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 276
1: valid
255: No SIM card or PIN code is required
<reserve> Reserved field
<sys_submode> System sub mode
0: No service
1: GSM mode
2: GPRS mode
3: EDGE mode
4: WCDMA mode
5: HSDPA mode
6: HSUPA mode
7: HSUPA and HSDPA mode
8: TD-SCDMA mode
9: TDD_SUBACT
10: FDD_SUBACT
Example
AT^SYSINFO
^SYSINFO: 2,3,0,4,1
OK
27.20 AT+XISP–Selecting Internal or External Protocol
Stack
To select internal or external protocol stack.
To use external protocol stack, send AT+XISP=1 to set before using.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+XISP=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+XISP?<CR> <CR><LF>+XISP: <n>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 277
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<n> 0: Select internal TCP/IP protocol stack (default)
1: Select external protocol stack
Example
AT+XISP=0
OK
Specify internal protocol stack.
AT+XISP?
+XISP: 0
OK
Query which protocol stack is used.
Internal protocol stack is used.
27.21 AT+NRSP–Querying RSRP, RSRQ, SINR of Cells
in a Neighbor of a Serving Cell on LTE Network
To query RSRP, RSRQ, SINR in a neighbor of LTE cell.
This command is valid only on LTE networks.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NRSP<CR> <CR><LF>+NRSP: <rsrp1>,<rsrq1>,<rsrp2>,<rsrq2>,…,<sinr>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<rsrpN> Reference Signal Received Power, the unit is 0.1 dBm. It is valid only on LTE
networks. N is the number of cells in a neighbor of the serving cell. The maximum
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 278
value of N is 8:
<rsrp1>,<rsrq1>,<rsrp2>,<rsrq2>,…, <rsrpN>,<rsrqN>
<rsrqN> Reference Signal Received Quality, the unit is 0.1 dBm. It is valid only on LTE
networks. N is the number of cells in a neighbor of the serving cell:
<rsrp1>,<rsrq1>,<rsrp2>,<rsrq2>,…, <rsrpN>,<rsrqN>
<sinr> Signal-to-Interface plus Noise Ratio. The value is 10 times of actual SINR. It is
valid only on LTE networks.
Example
AT+NRSP
+NRSP:
-1093,-115,-1054,-118,-1117,-181,-1109,-172,-1166,-200,-1231,-200,107
OK
27.22 AT$MYANTAUX–Controlling Divergent Antenna
To control the divergent antenna of the 4G module
This command is available in the V003 and later versions.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT$MYANTAUX=<mode><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT$MYANTAUX?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYANTAUX: <mode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> 0: disable the divergent antenna
1: enable the divergent antenna
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 279
Example
AT$MYANTAUX=0
OK Disable the divergent antenna of the module.
AT$MYANTAUX?
$MYANTAUX: 1
OK
Disable the divergent antenna of the module.
27.23 AT+NETMSG–Querying Network Registration
Information
To query network registration information.
This command works only after the module is registered with a network.
For HDR only, <LAC>,<CELL_ID>, and <BSIC> do not exist.
The value of <TA> is valid only when the module is in a GSM call or transmitting or receiving GPRS
data.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NETMSG<CR>
+NETMSG: <MCC+MNC>, [<LAC>/<SID>/<TAC>],
[<CELL_ID>/<NID>],
[<BSIC>/<BID>/<Phy_cellid>/<PSC>], <BAND>,
<ARFCN>, <RX_dBm>, <TX_dBm>, <net_mode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<MCC+MNC> MCC: Mobile Country Code, decimal
MNC: Mobile Network Code, decimal
[<LAC>/<SID>/<TAC>] Location Area Code, hexadecimal
SID on CDMA1X networks
TAC on LTE networks
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 280
[<CELL_ID>/<NID>] cell ID, hexadecimal
NID on CDMA1X networks; CELL_ID on other networks.
[<BSIC>/<BID>/<Phy_cellid>/<PSC>] BSIC on GSM network, decimal;
BID on CDMA1X networks, hexadecimal;
PSC on WCDMA networks, decimal;
Phy_cellid on LTE networks, decimal;
NULL on other networks
<BAND> Current operating band
CDMA BC0
...
CDMA BC19
GSM 850
GSM 900
GSM 1800
GSM 1900
WCDMA 2100
WCDMA 1900
WCDMA 1800
WCDMA 1700 US
WCDMA 850
WCDMA 800
WCDMA 2600
WCDMA 900
WCDMA 1700 JAPAN
WCDMA 1500
WCDMA 850 JAPAN
LTE BAND 1
…
LTE BAND 43
TDSCDMA BAND A
...
TDSCDMA BAND F
<ARFCN> absolute radio-frequency channel number
<RX_dBm> RX power, unit: dBm (199 indicates invalid)
<TX_dBm> TX power, unit: dBm (199 indicates invalid)
<net_mode> mode of network registered with
NONE
CDMA1X
CDMA1X and HDR
CDMA1X and EHRPD
CDMA1X and LTE
HDR
HDR REV0
HDR REVA
HDR REVB
HDR EMPA EHRPD
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 281
HDR MMPA EHRPD
GSM
GPRS
EDGE
WCDMA
TDSCDMA
HSDPA
HSUPA
HSDPA and HSUPA
HSDPA+
HSDPA+ and HSUPA
DC HSDPA+
DC HSDPA+ and HSUPA
64QAM HSDPA+
64QAM HSDPA+ and HSUPA
DC HSDPA+ and DC HSUPA
TDD LTE
FDD LTE
Example
AT+NETMSG
+NETMSG: "460+01", 2545, 061C7E15, 164, LTE BAND
3, 1650, -60, 199, "FDD LTE"
OK
Query the details used to register the network.
AT+NETMSG
+NETMSG: "460+01", 2543, 0000AB13, 34, GSM 1800,
657, -59, 30, "EDGE"
OK
Query the details used to register the network.
AT+NETMSG
+NETMSG: "460+01", A547, 01EB68D1, 263, WCDM 2100,
10713, -58, 199, "HSDPA and HSUPA"
OK
Query the details used to register the network.
AT+NETMSG
+NETMSG: "0", 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, "NONE"
OK
The module has not been registered with any network
or the network encountered abnormalities.
27.24 AT+NETSEL–Setting Network Mode
To set the mode of network to be registered with.
After specifying the mode of the network to be registered with, the module will not search for other
networks.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 282
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NETSEL =<mode><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR:<err><CR><LF>
Query AT+NETSEL?<CR> <CR><LF>+NETSEL: <mode>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+NETSEL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+NETSEL (list of supported <mode>s)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<mode> Network mode
0:AUTO
1: GSM
2: CDMA
3: EVDO
4: TDS
5: WCDMA
6:TDD-LTE
7:FDD-LTE
8: LTE
9: CDMA/EVDO
10: CDMA/EVDO/LTE
11: CDMA/LTE
12: CDMA/WCDMA/LTE
13: CDMA/GSM
14: GSM/LTE
15: GSM/WCDMA
16: GWL
17: TDS/GSM
18: CDMA/GSM/LTE
19: EVDO/GSM/LTE
20: EVDO/LTE
21: EVDO/WCDMA/LTE
22: CDMA/EVDO/GSM
23: CDMA/GSM/WCDMA
24: TDS/GSM/WCDMA/LTE
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 283
25: TDS/GSM/WCDMA
26: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/WCDMA
27: WCDMA/LTE
28: TDS/LTE
29: TDS/GSM/LTE
30: TDS/WCDMA
31: TDS/WCDMA/LTE
32: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/TDS/LTE
33: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/WCDMA/TDS
34: CDMA/GSM/TDS/WCDMA
35: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/LTE
36: CDMA/GSM/WCDMA/LTE
37: EVDO/TDS/WCDMA
38: EVDO/TDS/WCDMA/LTE
39: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/WCDMA/LTE
Example
AT+NETSEL =0
OK
AT+NETSEL?
+NETSEL: 0
OK
AT+NETSEL=?
+NETSEL: 0-39
OK
27.25 AT+NETDMSG–Querying Network Registration
Information
To query the network registration information.
This command works only after the module is registered with a network.
<TA> is valid only when the module is in GSM communication or GPRS data receiving/sending status.
On a 3GPP network, there will be valid values in the fields of LAC, CELL_ID, and BSIC and the value
in the SID, NID, and BID fields is 0.
On a CDMA1X network, there will be valid values in the fields of SID, NID, and BID and the value in
the LAC, CELL_ID, and BSIC fields is 0. For HDR only, the values in the SID, NID, and BID fields is 0.
For HDR only, <LAC>,<CELL_ID>, and <BSIC> do not exist
RX power, RSRQ, and SINR are valid only on LTE networks.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 284
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NETDMSG
+NETDMSG:<MCC+MNC>,[<LAC>/<TAC>],<CELL_ID>,
[<BSIC>/<Phy_cellid>/<PSC>],<net_mode>,<BAND>,
<ARFCN>,<RX_dBm>,<TX_dBm>,<SID>,<NID>,<BID>,
<RSRP>,<RSRQ>,<SINR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<MCC+MNC> Mobile Country Code + Mobile Network + Code
[<LAC>/<TAC>] Location Area Code/Tracking Area Code, valid for LTE
[<CELL_ID>] Cell ID
[<BSIC>/<Phy_c
ellid>/<PSC>]
Base Station Identity Code/Physical Cell ID of LTE networks/Main cell code of
WCDMA networks
<net_mode> NONE
CDMA1X
CDMA1X and HDR
CDMA1X and LTE
CDMA1X and EHRPD
HDR
HDR REV0
HDR REVA
HDR REVB
HDR EMPA EHRPD
HDR MMPA EHRPD
GSM
GPRS
EDGE
WCDMA
TDSCDMA
HSDPA
HSUPA
HSDPA and HSUPA
HSDPA+
HSDPA+ and HSUPA
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 285
DC HSDPA+
DC HSDPA+ and HSUPA
64QAM HSDPA+
64QAM HSDPA+ and HSUPA
DC HSDPA+ and DC HSUPA
TDD LTE
FDD LTE
<BAND> Network Bands
CDMA BC0
...
CDMA BC19
GSM 850
GSM 900
GSM 1800
GSM 1900
WCDMA 2100
WCDMA 1900
WCDMA 1800
WCDMA 1700 US
WCDMA 850
WCDMA 800
WCDMA 2600
WCDMA 900
WCDMA 1700 JAPAN
WCDMA 1500
WCDMA 850 JAPAN
LTE BAND 1
…
LTE BAND 43
TDSCDMA BAND A
TDSCDMA BAND B
TDSCDMA BAND C
TDSCDMA BAND D
TDSCDMA BAND E
TDSCDMA BAND F
<ARFCN> Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number
<RX dBm> Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number
<TX dBm> TX power, 199 indicates invalid
<SID> TX power, 199 indicates invalid
<NID> Network Identity Number on a CDMA1X network
<BID> BID on a CDMA1X network
<RSRP> Reference Signal Received Power, unit 0.1 dBm, valid on an LTE network
<RSRQ> Reference Signal Received Quality, unit 0.1 dB, valid on an LTE network
<SINR> Signal-to-Interference-Plus-Noise Ratio, unit 0.1 dB, valid on an LTE network.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 286
Example
AT+NETDMSG
+NETDMSG: "460+11", 0x7757, 0x077E9B30, 219,
"CDMA1X and LTE", LTE BAND 3, 1825, -58, 11, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, -848, -83, 159
OK
Query the network registration information on an
LTE network.
AT+NETDMSG
+NETDMSG: "460+11", 0x0, 0x0, 0, "HDR REVA", CDMA
BC 0, 37, -60, 199, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0, 0, 0
OK
Query the network registration information on a
non-LTE 3GPP2 network.
AT+NETDMSG
+NETDMSG: "460+00", 0xA57B, 0x0AC1474C, 0,
"HSDPA", TDSCDMA BAND A, 10080, -69, 199, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0, 0, 0
OK
Query the network registration information on a
non-LTE 3GPP network.
AT+NETDMSG
+NETDMSG: “0”,0,0,0,”NONE”,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK
The module has not been registered with any network or the
network encountered abnormalities.
27.26 AT+SIMCOUNTCTL–Enabling/Disabling Statistics
on SIM Card Write
To enable/disable statistics on SIM card write.
This function is disabled bydefault and the settings by this command are not saved after the module is
powered down.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SIMCOUNTCTL?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTCTL: <n>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTCTL: (value range of
supported <n>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 287
Parameter
<n> specifies whether to enable statistics on SIM card write
0: disabled (default)
1: Enable
Example
AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=0
OK Disable the statistics on SIM card write.
AT+SIMCOUNTCTL?
+SIMCOUNTCTL: 0
OK
Query the setting of the statistics on SIM card write.
AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=?
+SIMCOUNTCTL: (0-1)
OK
Query the value range of the parameter.
27.27 AT+SIMCOUNTREAD–Reading the Statistics on
SIM Card Write
To read the statistics on SIM card write.
The statistics record is not saved after the module is powered down.
Before powering off the module, read the statistics record and save it.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=<n><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SIMCOUNTREAD?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTREAD: <count>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTREAD: (value range of
supported <count>)
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 288
Parameter
<n> specifies the operation.
0: read the current statistics on SIM card write (default).
1: erase the statistics record.
Example
AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=0
+SIMCOUNTREAD: 13
OK
Read the statistics on SIM card write.
The module wrote to the SIM card for 13 times.
AT+SIMCOUNTREAD
+SIMCOUNTREAD: 13
OK
The module wrote to the SIM card for 13 times.
AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=1
OK
AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=0
+SIMCOUNTREAD: 0
OK
Erase the statistics record.
AT+SIMCOUNTREAD?
OK Query the setting.
AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=?
+ SIMCOUNTREAD: (0-1)
OK
Query the value range of the parameter.
27.28 AT+READADC–Reading ADC Value
To read the value from pins corresponding to the three ADC channels.
Refer to the pin description in hardware user guide.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+READADC=<channel><CR>
<CR><LF>+READADC: <channel>,<value>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 289
Parameter
<channel> Integer, ranges from 1 to 2, which indicate two ADC channels
Example
AT+READADC=1
+READADC: 1,53
OK
To read the value from the pin corresponding to ADC 1
AT+READADC=2
+READADC:2,3244
OK
Read the value from the pin corresponding to ADC 2.
AT+READADC=3
ERROR
The parameter value is invalid.
27.29 AT+SIMHOTSWAP–Setting SIM Card Hotswap
To enable hotswap of SIM card.
This function must be supported by hardware.
The setting takes effect immediately after the command is executed.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+SIMHOTSWAP=<onoff><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+SIMHOTSWAP? <CR><LF>+SIMHOTSWAP: <onoff>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<onoff> 0: Disable
1: Enable
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 290
Example
AT+SIMHOTSWAP=0
OK
Disable hotswap of SIM card.
AT+SIMHOTSWAP=1
OK
Enable hotswap of SIM card.
AT+SIMHOTSWAP?
+SIMHOTSWAP: 1
OK
Query the hotswap status.
27.30 AT+MYDATAONLY–Disabling CS Services
To disable voice call and SMS message services.
The setting of this command takes effect after the module is restarted.
The setting is invalid on LTE networks.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+MYDATAONLY=<onoff><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+MYDATAONLY?<CR> <CR><LF>+MYDATAONLY: <onoff>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<onoff> 0: On
1: OFF
Example
AT+MYDATAONLY=0
OK
Enable voice call and SMS message services
AT+MYDATAONLY=1 Disable voice call and SMS message services
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 291
OK
AT+MYDATAONLY?
+MYDATAONLY: 1
OK
Query the status of voice call service
27.31 AT+BANDLOCK–Locking to Band
To lock to a frequency band.
The network mode will change as a frequency band is locked. E.g. the network mode will change to
LTE ONLY after locking to LTE_B1.
The frequency band setting will restore to auto mode if other network mode command is issued.
If no frequency band is locked, NONE will be returned when issuing AT+BANDLOCK? To query
frequency band locked.
If the network mode is set to AUTO mode by other command, frequency band locking will expire after
the module is restarted. The setting by this command will be saved after the module is powered off if
no other command is issued to enable AUTO mode.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+BANDLOCK=<band_string><CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+BANDLOCK?<CR><CR>
<CR><LF>+BANDLOCK: <band_string>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+BANDLOCK:NONE
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+BANDLOCK=?<CR> <CR><LF>+BANDLOCK: <band_string_list>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 292
Parameter
<band_string> band in string type. The value can be any band that the hardware supports. Issue
a query command before locking to a frequency band to check the band
supported.
<band_string_list> List of frequency band supported
Example
AT+BANDLOCK=?
+BANDLOCK:
CDMA_BC0,GSM_900,GSM_1800,WCDMA_2100,WCDMA_900,TDSCDMA_
B34,TDSCDMA_B39,LTE_B1,LTE_B3,LTE_B5,LTE_B8,LTE_B38,LTE
_B39,LTE_B40,LTE_B41,AUTO
OK
Query the frequency bands supported.
AT+BANDLOCK=LTE_B1
OK
Lock to LTE_B1.
AT+BANDLOCK?
+BANDLOCK: LTE_B1
OK
Query the frequency band locked to.
AT+BANDLOCK=AUTO
OK
Restore to auto frequency band mode.
27.32 AT+NBANDLOCK–Locking Multiple Bands
To clock one and more frequency bands.
Format
Type Command Response
Set AT+NBANDLOCK=<mode>[,<3GPP
_Bands>][,<3GPP2_Bands>]<CR>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK:
<mode>,<SupportBandlist>
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: <err><CR><LF>
Query AT+NBANDLOCK?<CR>
<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: <mode>,<Bandlist>
<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: <mode>,<Bandlist>
<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: NONE
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 293
<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Test AT+NBANDLOCK=?<CR>
<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: (list of
support<mode>s),(list of support
<LTE_BAND>s),(list of support <GSM_BAND>s)
<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
Parameter
<Mode> Lock mode
0: Unlock all bands
1: Lock LTE frequency bands
2: Lock TDS frequency bands
3: Lock WCDMA frequency bands
4: lock GSM/EDGE frequency bands
5: lock CDMA frequency bands
<LTE_Bands> frequency bands supported by 3GPP protocol, displayed and input in
hexadecimal format
<GSM_Bands> frequency bands supported by GSM protocol, displayed and input in
hexadecimal format
Each bit indicates a band. 0 indicates disabled and 1 indicates enabled. For
details about the match between bit and band, see the Appendix.
Example
AT+NBANDLOCK=1,1
OK
Lock LTE BAND1.
AT+NBANDLOCK=3,1
OK
Lock WCDMA BAND1.
AT+NBANDLOCK?
+NBANDLOCK: 1,0x1
+NBANDLOCK: 2,0x0
+NBANDLOCK: 3,0x0
OK
Query the status of band locked.
LTE BAND1 and WCDMA BAND1 are locked.
GSM bands are not locked.
AT+NBANDLOCK=?
+NBANDLOCK: 1,0x15
+NBANDLOCK: 2,0x0
+NBANDLOCK: 3,0x0
Query frequency band locked.
Convert 0x1e0080800d5 to 11100000000001000000010000000000011010101;
it indicates that the module supports LTE_B1, LTE_B3, LTE_B5, LTE_B7,
LTE_B8, LTE_B20, LTE_B28, BLTE_B38, LTE_B39, LTE_B40, and LTE_B41.
Convert 0xec into 11101100; it indicates that the module supports GSM_900P,
GSM_900E, GSM_850, GSM_1800, and GSM1900.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 294
OK
⚫ After frequency bands are locked through this AT command, the network mode changes. For
example, the network mode becomes LTE ONLY if you lock the frequency band to LTE B1.
⚫ BANDLOCK and NBANDLOCK is prior to other commands to set network mode.
⚫ The frequency band setting will restore to auto mode if other network mode command is issued.
⚫ If not band is locked, NONE is returned to AT+NBANDLOCK?.
⚫ If the network mode is set to AUTO mode by other command, frequency band locking will expire
after the module is restarted. The setting by this command will be saved after the module is powered
off if no other command is issued to enable AUTO mode.
⚫ For the band settings, see Appendix B Support Band List.
27.33 AT+NSIMLOCK–Locking SIM
To lock SIM based on PLMN.
A SIM card can be locked to at most 20 PLMNs. +CME ERROR: PLMN MAX is returned after the
command times out.
Format
Type Command Response
Execute AT+NSIMLOCK=<ind>[<plmn>]<CR
<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>
Or
<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>
Query AT+NSIMLOCK? <CR><LF>+NSIMLOCK: <ind>< plmn><CR><LF>
OK <CR><LF>
Test AT+NSIMLOCK=?
<CR><LF>+NSIMLOCK: (value range of supported
<ind>)<CR><LF>
OK <CR><LF>
Timeout
The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 295
Parameter
<ind> lock switch
0: unlock
1: lock
<plmn> PLMN that is locked
Example
AT+NSIMLOCK=1,"46001","46004"
OK Lock the SIM to PLMN46001 and 46004.
AT+ NSIMLOCK =?
(0-1)
OK
Query the value range of the parameter.
AT+ NSIMLOCK?
+NSIMLOCK: 1,"46001","46004"
OK
Query the PLMN that the SIM is locked to.
AT+ NSIMLOCK=0
OK Unlock SIM.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 296
A Reference Process of AT Command
Programming
A.1 Content of PDU SMS Messages
<PDU> SMS message sending format:
1>: 0891
08: indicates the length of the SMSC address information
91: indicates the format of the SMSC address
2>: Inversion of every two bits (add F if the bits are not sufficient) in SMSC number, fixed. For
example, China Unicom 8613010888500 should be 683108705505F0 here.
3>: 0100
01: Indicates basic parameters
00: indicates message baseline value
4>: Convert the receiving number into hexadecimal. For example, the number length is 11 bits and
then the hexadecimal length should be 0B.
5>: 81 (Receiving mode) there are multiple receiving modes. 81 indicates that the receiving mode is
unknown.
6>: Inversion of every two bits (add F if the bits are not sufficient) in the recipient number. For
example, 13421839693 should be 3124819396F3 after conversion.
7>: 0008
8>: The hexadecimal length of the SMS message content. For example, the UCS2 code of hello is
00080A00680065006C006C006F, that is 10 bits and the hexadecimal length is 0A.
9>: Message content, for example, the USC2 code of hello is 00080A00680065006C006C006F.
One PDU message contains the above 9 parts and the parameter values are determined by the actual
situation.
If the SMSC address length is 0, replace 08 with 00 and the SMSC type and address fields must be omitted.
The following is an example of the PDU message whose SMSC address length is not 0:
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 297
0891683110808805F001000B813124819396F300080A00680065006C006C006F
Wherein,
0891
683108705505F0: SMSC number of China Unicom
0100
0B: the length of the recipient number
81: Receiving mode
3124819396F3: The number of recipient
0008
0A: The length of the content
00680065006C006C006F: SMS message content
Message content: hello
The SMS message content starts from 0100, so the value of LENGTH in AT+CMGS=LENGTH is 23.
The following is an example of the PDU message whose SMSC address length is 0:
0001000B813124819396F300080A00680065006C006C006F
Wherein,
00: SMSC address information length
SMSC number is not needed.
0100
0B: the length of the recipient number
81: Receiving mode
3124819396F3: The number of recipient
0008
0A: The length of the content
00680065006C006C006F: SMS message content
SMS message content: hello
The SMS message content starts from 0100, so the value of LENGTH in AT+CMGS=LENGTH is 23.
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 298
A.2 Flowchart of Sending Text SMS Messages (Through
UART)
Figure A-1 Flowchart of sending text format SMS messages
End
Enter Shenzhen Neoway
Technology and press
Ctrl+Z (character 0x1A) to
send the message.
Press Enter. After the >
symbol is displayed, you
input the message.
Successfully
Set the text mode
AT+CMGF=1
OK
Configure the TE character set
AT+CSCS= GSM
OK
Send an SMS message.
AT+CMGS="13430981508"
>
Content of the message to be
sent.
Shenzhen Neoway Technology
Return value
+CMGS: 116
OK
N75 AT Commands Manual
Chapter 27 Other AT Commands
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 299
A.3 Flowchart of Sending PDU SMS Messages (Through
UART)
Figure A-2 Flowchart of Sending PDU SMS messages
End
Input message
content, which is
encoded in PDU mode
and sent by pressing
Ctrl+Z (0x1A).
The length of the
SMS messages is
23 bytes in PDU
mode.
Successfully
Content of the message to be
sent
0891683110808805F001000B813
124819396F300080A0068006500
6C006C006F
Return value
+CMGS: 117
OK
Send an SMS message.
AT+CMGS=23<CR>
>
Configure TE character set.
AT+CSCS= UCS2
OK
Set the PDU mode.
AT+CMGF=0
OK
Neoway Confidential
N75 AT Commands Manual
B Support Band List
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 300
B Support Band List
C/G/W Band Name Bit HEX Band Mask LTE Band Name Bit HEX Band Mask
CDMA BC0 1&2 3 EUTRAN_BAND1 1 1
CDMA BC1 3 4 EUTRAN_BAND2 2 2
GSM 850 20 80000 EUTRAN_BAND3 3 4
EGSM 900 9 100 EUTRAN_BAND4 4 8
PGSM 900 10 200 EUTRAN_BAND5 5 10
DCS 1800 8 80 EUTRAN_BAND6 6 20
PCS 1900 22 200000 EUTRAN_BAND7 7 40
GSM Railway 900 21 100000 EUTRAN_BAND8 8 80
GSM 450 17 10000 EUTRAN_BAND9 9 100
GSM 480 18 20000 EUTRAN_BAND10 10 200
GSM 750 19 40000 EUTRAN_BAND11 11 400
IMT 2000(W B1) 23 400000 EUTRAN_BAND12 12 800
PCS 1800(W B2) 24 800000 EUTRAN_BAND13 13 1000
III 1700(W B3) 25 1000000 EUTRAN_BAND14 14 2000
IV 1700 (W B4) 26 2000000 EUTRAN_BAND17 17 10000
V 850 (W B5) 27 4000000 EUTRAN_BAND33 33 100000000
VI 800 (W B6) 28 8000000 EUTRAN_BAND34 34 200000000
VII 2600(W B7) 49 1000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND35 35 400000000
VIII 900(W B8) 50 2000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND36 36 800000000
IX 1700 (W B9) 51 4000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND37 37 1000000000
XIX 800 (W B10) 61 1000000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND38 38 2000000000
XI 950 (W B11) 62 2000000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND39 39 4000000000
TDS Band Name Bit HEX Band Mask EUTRAN_BAND40 40 8000000000
B34 1 1 EUTRAN_BAND41 41 10000000000
B39 6 20 EUTRAN_BAND42 42 20000000000
B40 5 10 EUTRAN_BAND43 43 40000000000
NV Define EUTRAN_BAND44 44 80000000000
Neoway Confidential
N75 AT Commands Manual
B Support Band List
Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 301
Band Config CGW 1877 EUTRAN_BAND65 51 4000000000000
Band Config LTE 6828 EUTRAN_BAND66 52 8000000000000
Band Config TDS 22605 EUTRAN_BAND71 60 800000000000000
Band PREF CGW 441/946/2954 EUTRAN_BAND252 61 1000000000000000
Band PREF LTE 65633 EUTRAN_BAND253 62 2000000000000000
Band PREF TDS EFS:tds_bandpref EUTRAN_BAND255 64 8000000000000000